Adding upstream version 110.0.1.upstream/110.0.1upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

185 files changed, 27360 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..773a69186e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE the following declarations were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd which was removed
+     by bug 1408044. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE end of declarations that were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (channel.description.start,channel.description.end):
+     channel.description.start and channel.description.end create one sentence,
+     with the current channel label inserted in between.
+     example: You are currently on the _Stable_ update channel. -->
+<!ENTITY channel.description.start  "Actualmente está usando a canle de actualización ">
+<!ENTITY channel.description.end    " .">
+<!ENTITY about.userAgent            "Axente de usuario: ">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..588cb15861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: where ".private" and ".normal" variants exist,
+   - the former is shown in a private browsing window and the latter in
+   - a regular (non-private) browsing window. -->
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.label     "Obter máis información ">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.accesskey "O">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.label       "Abrir unha nova xanela privada">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.accesskey   "A">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebf7b4023e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle       "Restaurar sesión">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle      "Desexa restaurar a súa sesión?">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: If "closed unexpectedly" sounds too awkward in the translation,
+                        you may translate "crash" instead (even though it's IT-speak) -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc      "A anterior sesión de &brandShortName; pechouse inesperadamente. Sentimos profundamente as molestias causadas. Pode restaurar as lapelas e as xanelas da sesión anterior, ou iniciar unha nova sesión se xa no son necesarias.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies       "Se &brandShortName; se pecha constantemente:">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome    "Tente desactivando algunha das extensións engadidas recentemente no Xestor de complementos.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent   "Tente restaurando a sesión sen as páxinas web que sospeita que poden causar o problema:">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton  "Restaurar a sesión anterior">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "R">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton   "Comezar nova sesión">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access  "S">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader  "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader     "Xanelas e lapelas">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: &#37;S will be replaced with a number. -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel    "Xanela &#37;S">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6054a6a109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.otherComputers.label): Keep this in sync with syncTabsMenu.label from navigator.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY tabs.otherComputers.label               "As lapelas doutros equipos">
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.searchText.label                   "Escriba aquí para buscar lapelas…">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.context.openTab.accesskey, tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey;
+     tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey, tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey):
+     Only one of each of these pairs will show at a time (based on selection), so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.label                   "Abrir esta lapela">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.accesskey               "A">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.label          "Abrir as lapelas seleccionadas">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey      "o">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.label         "Marcar esta lapela…">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey     "M">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.label      "Marcar as lapelas seleccionadas…">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey  "M">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.label               "Actualizar lista">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.accesskey           "r">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1696dcd1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Zoom">
+<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Seleccionar zoom (&#37;):">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8ae4896de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page,
+a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced
+by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. -->
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle  "Conexión non fiábel">
+<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "Esta conexión non é fiábel">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Normalmente, cando tenta conectarse de maneira segura,
+os sitios web presentarán unha identificación de confianza para demostrar que
+o sitio é correcto. Porén, a identidade deste sitio web non se pode verificar.">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "Que debería facer?">
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "Si normalmente conecta a
+este sitio web sen problemas, este erro podería significar que alguén está
+tentando facerse pasar polo sitio, e non debería continuar.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "Isto ten mala pinta, lévame a miña páxina de inicio">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "Entendo os riscos">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "Si entende o que sucede, pode indicarlle a
+&brandShortName; que comece a confiar na identificación deste sitio web.
+<b>Incluso se confía no sitio web, este erro podería querer dicir que alguén
+está interferindo na súa conexión.</b>">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Non engada unha excepción de seguranza a menos que teña vostede unha boa razón para entrar nesta páxina sen unha identificación fiábel.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Engadir excepción…">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Detalles técnicos">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b810da218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label       "Abrir a ligazón nunha nova lapela">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey   "h">
+
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label            "Abrir a ligazón nunha nova xanela">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey        "x">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.label     "Abrir a ligazón nunha xanela privada">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label    "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label           "Abrir o marco nunha nova xanela">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey       "x">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label      "Abrir o marco nunha nova lapela">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey  "h">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.label           "Engadir unha palabra chave para esta busca…">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.accesskey       "E">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label     "Amosar só este marco">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label              "Atrás">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label           "Adiante">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey       "d">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label                "Arriba">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey            "b">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label              "Recargar">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey         "r">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.label                "Deter">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey            "D">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label         "Recargar o marco">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "Ver o código da selección">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label    "Ver a fonte MathML">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label      "Ver o código da páxina">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey  "V">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label     "Ver o código do marco">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label        "Ver a información da páxina">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey    "i">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label       "Ver a información do marco">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey   "i">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label            "Axustar a imaxe á xanela">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label         "Recargar imaxe">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label           "Ver a imaxe">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey       "i">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label           "Ver vídeo">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey       "V">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label         "Ver a imaxe de fondo">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey     "V">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.label     "Estabelecer como fondo de escritorio">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label        "Marcar esta páxina">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label        "Marcar esta ligazón">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label       "Marcar este marco">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label          "Gardar páxina como…">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label            "Gardar páxina">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey        "G">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey       "s">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label         "Gardar marco como…">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label           "Gardar marco">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label          "Gardar destino da ligazón como…">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label            "Gardar destino da ligazón">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label         "Gardar imaxe como…">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label           "Gardar imaxe">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey       "G">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label           "Gardar vídeo como…">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey       "v">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label           "Gardar audio como…">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey       "G">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label            "Copiar a localización da ligazón">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey        "l">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label           "Copiar a imaxe">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey       "C">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label        "Copiar a localización do vídeo">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label        "Copiar a localización do audio">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label            "Propiedades">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label           "Copiar correo electrónico">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey       "C">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label          "Este marco">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey      "E">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label              "Reproducir">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey          "p">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.label             "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.label              "Enmudecer">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey          "m">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label            "Desenmudecer">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label      "Amosar controis de medios">
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label      "Agochar controis de medios">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label        "Pantalla completa">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey    "P">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.label         "Gardar a captura como…">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.accesskey     "u">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.label         "Amosar as estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.label         "Agochar as estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey             "W">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label        "Cambiar a orientación da páxina">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey    "C">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Cambiar a orientación do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "x">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label     "Engadir ao dicionario">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.label      "Desfacer engadir ao dicionario">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.accesskey  "f">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label          "Ignorar a palabra">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey      "I">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label         "Corrección ortográfica">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey     "g">
+<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label       "(Non hai suxestións ortográficas)">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label        "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey    "I">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label     "Descargar máis dicionarios">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "D">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a372f8175
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# context menu strings
+
+blockImage=Bloquear as imaxes de %S
+blockImage.accesskey=B
+unblockImage=Desbloquear as imaxes de %S
+unblockImage.accesskey=B
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..239685d7d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Xestor de datos">
+
+<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a">
+
+<!ENTITY select.all.label "Todos os tipos de datos">
+<!ENTITY select.cookies.label "Só cookies">
+<!ENTITY select.permissions.label "Só permisos">
+<!ENTITY select.preferences.label "Só preferencias">
+<!ENTITY select.passwords.label "Só contrasinais">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Dominios de busca">
+<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Dominio">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Esquecer este dominio">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "q">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Esquecer os datos globais">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "q">
+
+<!ENTITY data.search.key "k">
+
+<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Permisos">
+<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Preferencias">
+<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Datos do formulario">
+<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Esquecer">
+
+<!-- cookies -->
+<!ENTITY cookies.description "Este dominio almacenou as seguintes cookies no computador:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Nome da cookie">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Caduca">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Información sobre a cookie seleccionada">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Contido:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Dominio:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Camiño:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Enviar a:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Caduca:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "Ao eliminar, bloquear aos sitios web listados enviar cookies no futuro">
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "w">
+
+<!-- permissions -->
+<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Usar predeterminado">
+<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Preguntar sempre">
+<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Non gardar nunca">
+<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSameDomain "Permitir no mesmo dominio">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Permitir nesta sesión">
+<!ENTITY perm.Block "Bloquear">
+
+<!ENTITY perm.host.placeholder "Introduza un nome de equipo">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.label "Engadir">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.accesskey "a">
+
+<!-- preferences -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.description "As preferencias de contido son unha forma de que &brandShortName; garde a súa configuración, como o tamaño de visualización, especificamente para un sitio web.">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Nome preferido">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Valor">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "r">
+
+<!-- passwords -->
+<!ENTITY pwd.description "Ten os seguintes contrasinais almacenados para este dominio:">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Nome de usuario">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Contrasinal">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Copiar contrasinal">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "r">
+
+<!-- form data -->
+<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Buscar nos datos do campo">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Nome do campo">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Valor introducido">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Contador de uso">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "Usado por primeira vez">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Usado por última vez">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "r">
+
+<!-- forget -->
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Permisos">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Preferencias de contido">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Datos do formulario">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Esquecer estes datos">
+<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "q">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6946d641b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# cookies
+cookies.expireAtEndOfSession=Á fin da sesión
+
+cookies.secureOnly.httponly=Só conexións cifradas sen acceso por scripts
+cookies.secureOnly.all=Só conexións cifradas
+cookies.anyConnection.httponly=Calquera tipo de conexión, sen acceso por scripts
+cookies.anyConnection.all=Calquera tipo de conexión
+
+cookies.deleteSelected=Está seguro de que quere eliminar as cookies seleccionadas?
+cookies.deleteSelectedTitle=Retirar as cookies seleccionadas
+cookies.deleteSelectedYes=&Retirar
+
+# permissions
+perm.allowXULXBL.label=Usar marcado XUL/XBL
+perm.cookie.label=Estabelecer cookies
+perm.geo.label=Compartir localización
+perm.image.label=Cargar imaxes
+perm.install.label=Instalar os complementos
+perm.offline-app.label=Aplicativos web sen conexión
+perm.object.label=Executar os engadidos
+perm.plugins.label=Activar engadidos
+perm.popup.label=Abrir xanelas emerxentes
+perm.script.label=Executar os scripts
+perm.stylesheet.label=Cargar as follas de estilo
+
+perm.type.default=Seleccione un tipo
+
+# passwords
+pwd.hidePasswords=Agochar os contrasinais
+pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey=O
+pwd.showPasswords=Amosar os contrasinais
+pwd.showPasswords.accesskey=M
+pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt=Está seguro de que desexa amosar os seus contrasinais?
+
+pwd.deleteSelected=Está seguro de que quere eliminar os contrasinais seleccionados?
+pwd.deleteSelectedTitle=Retirar os contrasinais seleccionados
+pwd.deleteSelectedYes=&Retirar
+
+# preferences
+prefs.deleteSelected=Está seguro de que quere eliminar as preferencias seleccionadas?
+prefs.deleteSelectedTitle=Retirar as preferencias seleccionadas
+prefs.deleteSelectedYes=&Retirar
+
+# storage
+
+# form data
+fdata.deleteSelected=Está seguro de que quere eliminar as entradas do historial de formulario seleccionadas?
+fdata.deleteSelectedTitle=Retirar os datos do formulario seleccionado
+fdata.deleteSelectedYes=&Retirar
+
+# forget
+forget.desc.domain.pre=Esquecer todos os datos dos seguintes tipos asociados co dominio "%S":
+forget.desc.domain.post=Elimináronse todos os datos asociados co dominio "%S" dos seguintes tipos:
+forget.desc.global.pre=Esquecer todos os datos globais dos seguintes tipos:
+forget.desc.global.post=Elimináronse todos os datos globais dos seguintes tipos:
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5db1003aaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.title  "Cliente predeterminado">
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro  "Usar &brandShortName; como o cliente predeterminado para:">
+
+<!ENTITY browser.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY email.label "Correo">
+<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Grupos de novas">
+<!ENTITY feeds.label "Fontes">
+
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Facer sempre esta comprobación ao iniciar &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "a">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..525162ca69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManager.title           "Xestor de descargas">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip                 "Barra de menú">
+<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip               "Barra de buscar">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder              "Buscar nas descargas">
+<!ENTITY search.label                    "Buscar nas descargas">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey                "s">
+<!ENTITY search.key                      "f">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label             "Limpar lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip           "Elimina da lista as descargas rematadas, canceladas ou erradas">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey         "L">
+
+<!ENTITY col.name.label                  "Nome">
+<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey              "N">
+<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip                "Nome do ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY col.status.label                "Estado">
+<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip              "Estado">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label            "Pausar/Retomar/Reintentar">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey        "u">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip          "Pausar/Retomar/Reintentar">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label            "Cancelar/Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip          "Cancelar/Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.label              "Progreso">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip            "Progreso">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label         "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey     "T">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip       "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.label           "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey       "T">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip         "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label          "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey      "d">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip        "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label           "Tempo transcorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip         "Tempo transcorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.label             "Hora de inicio">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip           "Hora de inicio">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.label               "Hora de remate">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey           "H">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip             "Hora de remate">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label          "&#37;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey      "&#37;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip        "Progreso (&#37;)">
+<!ENTITY col.source.label                "Orixe">
+<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey            "O">
+<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip              "Orixe">
+
+<!ENTITY view.columns.label              "Mostrar as columnas">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey          "c">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label               "Ordenar por">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey           "O">
+
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label             "Sen ordenar">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey         "S">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label        "Orde A > Z">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label       "Orde Z > A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey   "Z">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label                 "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey             "P">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label                "Retomar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey            "R">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label                 "Tentar de novo">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey             "T">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label                "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label                "Eliminar da lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey            "E">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir o cartafol contedor">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "f">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Ir á páxina de descargas">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "g">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar ligazón de descarga">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label            "Propiedades…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey        "s">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6181a84a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+fileExecutableSecurityWarning="%S" é un ficheiro executábel. Estes ficheiros poden conter virus ou outro tipo de código malicioso que pode danar o computador. Teña precaución ao abrir este ficheiro. Está seguro de que quere executar "%S"?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle=Abrir ficheiro executábel?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk=Non preguntar de novo
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (downloadsTitleFiles, downloadsTitlePercent): Semi-colon list of
+# plural forms. See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# %1$S number of files; %2$S overall download percent (only for downloadsTitlePercent)
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %2$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 2% of 1 file - Download Manager; 22% of 11 files - Download Manager
+downloadsTitleFiles=%1$S ficheiro - Xestor de descargas;%1$S ficheiros - Xestor de descargas
+downloadsTitlePercent=%2$S%% de %1$S ficheiro - Xestor de descargas;%2$S%% de %1$S ficheiros - Xestor de descargas
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitle):
+# %1$S is the file name, %2$S is the download state
+# examples: coolvideo.ogg - Finished; seamonkey-nightly.zip - Paused
+progressTitle=%1$S - %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitlePercent):
+# %1$S is download percent, %2$S is the file name, %3$S is the download state
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 42% of coolvideo.ogg - Paused; 98% of seamonkey-nightly.zip - Downloading
+progressTitlePercent=%1$S%% de %2$S - %3$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentFormat): %1$S is download percent
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+percentFormat=%1$S%%
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (speedFormat):
+# %1$S rate number; %2$S rate unit
+# units are taken from toolkit's downloads.properties
+# example: 2.2 MB/sec
+speedFormat=%1$S %2$S/sec
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit
+# example: 1 minute; 11 hours
+timeSingle=%1$S %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeDouble):
+# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit
+# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes; 1 day, 22 hours
+timeDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (sizeSpeed):
+# %1$S is transfer progress; %2$S download speed
+# example: 1.1 of 11.1 GB (2.2 MB/sec)
+sizeSpeed=%1$S (%2$S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statusActive): — is the "em dash" (long dash)
+# %1$S download status; %2$S time remaining
+# example: Paused — 11 hours, 2 minutes remaining
+statusActive=%1$S — %2$S
+
+fromSource=De %S
+toTarget=A %S
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d388cf9cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY progress.title                  "Descarga en progreso…">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.key                 "w">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip               "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip              "Retomar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip               "Tentar de novo">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip              "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir o cartafol contedor">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "f">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Ir á páxina de descargas">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "g">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar ligazón de descarga">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label             "Pechar esta xanela ao rematar a descarga.">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey         "x">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20394c5d25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY feedPage.title "Vendo a fonte">
+<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Subscribirse agora">
+<!ENTITY feedMessenger "Novas e blogs">
+<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Marcadores dinámicos">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..024afac8bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+linkTitleTextFormat=Ir a %S
+addHandler=Engadir "%S" (%S) como lector de fontes?
+addHandlerAddButton=Engadir un lector de fontes
+addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey=a
+handlerRegistered="%S" xa está rexistrado como lector de fontes
+subscribeNow=Subscribirse agora
+chooseApplicationMenuItem=Escoller aplicativo…
+chooseApplicationDialogTitle=Escoller aplicativo
+alwaysUse=Usar sempre %S para subscribirse a fontes
+mediaLabel=Ficheiros multimedia
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the size of the enclosed media.
+#   e.g. enclosureSizeText : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+enclosureSizeText=%1$S %2$S
+
+bytes=bytes
+kilobytes=KB
+megabytes=MB
+gigabytes=GB
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next three strings explains to the user what they're
+# doing.
+#   e.g. alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts : "Always use Miro to subscribe to video podcasts."
+#   %S = application to use (Miro, iTunes, ...)
+alwaysUseForFeeds=Usar sempre %S para subscribirse a fontes.
+alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts=Usar sempre %S para subscribirse aos podcast.
+alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts=Usar sempre %S para subscribirse aos podcast de vídeo.
+
+subscribeFeedUsing=Subscribirse a esta fonte usando
+subscribeAudioPodcastUsing=Subscribirse a este podcast usando
+subscribeVideoPodcastUsing=Subscribirse a este podcast de vídeo usando
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed1=Esta é unha "fonte" de contido modificado frecuentemente neste sitio web.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1=Este é un "podcast" de contido modificado frecuentemente neste sitio web.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1=Este é un "podcast de vídeo" de contido modificado frecuentemente neste sitio web.
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed2=Pode subscribirse a esta fonte para recibir actualizacións cando cambie o contido.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2=Pode subscribirse a este podcast para recibir actualizacións cando cambie o contido.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2=Pode subscribirse a este podcast de vídeo para recibir actualizacións cando cambie o contido.
+
+# Protocol Handling
+# "Add %appName (%appDomain) as an application for %protocolType links?"
+addProtocolHandler=Engadir %S (%S) como aplicativo para ligazóns de %S?
+addProtocolHandlerAddButton=Engadir aplicativo
+# "%appName has already been added as an application for %protocolType links."
+protocolHandlerRegistered=%S xa se engadiu como aplicativo para as ligazóns de %S.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2f9f0783b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and
+  Decisions</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by
+  Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click
+  the Help button in one of those windows.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected
+  in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes
+  information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what
+  the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete
+  details on the certificate&apos;s contents.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+  <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to
+    view.</li>
+  <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li>
+  <li>Click View.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several
+  kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following
+    uses</strong>: See
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a>
+    for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses
+    can include any of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        you to websites.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        a website server to browsers.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify someone else, for example so you can send that person
+        encrypted email.</li>
+      <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate
+        Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more
+        information about OCSP, see
+        <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify a certificate authority&mdash;that is, a service that issues
+        certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about
+    the certificate:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity
+        that the certificate identifies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which
+        the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li>
+      <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational
+        unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li>
+      <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate&apos;s serial
+        number.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that
+    provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority
+    (CA) that issued the  certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the
+    certificate is valid.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate&apos;s fingerprints.
+    A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical
+    function to the certificate contents. A certificate&apos;s fingerprint can
+    be used to verify  that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3>
+
+<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more
+  detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information
+  for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name,
+  select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and
+  read the field&apos;s value under Field Value:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain,
+    with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate
+    chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive
+    certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+    can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the
+    certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected
+    under Certificate Fields.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form
+  wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot
+  interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2>
+
+<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software
+  device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption
+  and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears
+  when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use
+  when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as
+  generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one
+  of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your
+  machine.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart
+  card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the
+  name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you
+  must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate
+  Manager know that you want to use it.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security
+  device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or
+  aren&apos;t available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2>
+
+<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a>
+  that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make
+  backup copies of your private
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the
+  certificate enrollment process.</p>
+
+<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of
+  such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a
+  backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of
+  decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your
+  corresponding public key.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying
+    the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate
+    to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK.
+
+    <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the
+      backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don&apos;t trust the CA that is
+    requesting the backup copy, don&apos;t request a certificate from it. Click
+    Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a
+    certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to
+  use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or
+  lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key
+  exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading
+  email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2>
+
+<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and
+  its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can
+  put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under
+  lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption
+  problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p>
+
+<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose
+  your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it
+  for. For example:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you
+    will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new
+    certificate. </li>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not
+    be able to read any of your encrypted email&mdash;including both encrypted
+    messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received.
+    In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key
+    associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the
+    messages encrypted with that key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid
+  future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don&apos;t forget.</p>
+
+<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather
+  than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form
+  of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is
+  sometimes called
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p>
+
+<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that
+  can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this
+  case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog
+  box, which displays two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a
+  certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting
+    identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the
+    Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the
+    website.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+    that issued the certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The
+  certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a
+  website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box.
+  Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website
+  you want to visit.</p>
+
+<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are
+  displayed:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified
+    by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the
+    certificate&apos;s serial number and validity dates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that
+    issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2>
+
+<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on
+  your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include
+  certificates that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>.
+  To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate
+  Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance
+  of those certificates.</p>
+
+<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA&apos;s
+  certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that
+  CA to issue.</p>
+
+<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to
+  specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can
+  select any of the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates
+    for some websites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be
+    extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have
+    negative consequences.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to
+    send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate
+    identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you
+    should consider carefully the CA&apos;s procedures for identifying
+    prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your
+    purposes before selecting this option.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting
+    this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify
+    the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access
+    to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access
+    privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard
+    disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain
+    that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is
+  operating it. Make sure the CA&apos;s policies and procedures are
+  appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA
+  issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions,
+  make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA
+  provides.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you
+    are about to download. If you decide you don&apos;t want to download this
+    certificate, click Cancel.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>When you attempt to go to a website that supports the use of
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, you may be faced with an
+  error page. There are two types, one called
+  <a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed</a> and one
+  called <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed
+      Dialog</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet
+      Valid</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed Page</h3>
+
+<p>In the case where you have disabled the SSL protocol (e.g. through
+  <a href="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings">SSL Settings</a>) or the website that
+  you are accessing is using an older, insecure version of the SSL protocol then
+  you will be presented with a page titled &quot;Secure Connection Failed&quot;.
+  That page contains some basic background information (including the
+  <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem
+  &brandShortName; detected with the website) and a <strong>Try Again</strong>
+  button that triggers a page reload.</p>
+
+<h3 id="untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</h3>
+
+<p>If SSL itself is enabled then the error page that you will be presented with
+  will be titled &quot;This Connection is Untrusted&quot;. There are many
+  different reasons why a connection can appear untrusted. Here are some of the
+  most common ones:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>the certificate of the website is <a href="#certificate_expired">no longer
+    valid (expired)</a></li>
+  <li>the certificate of the website is
+    <a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">not yet valid</a></li>
+  <li>the certificate of the website is only valid for another website
+    (<a href="#domain_name_mismatch">domain name mismatch</a>)</li>
+  <li>the certificate of the website is self-signed (thus the identity of the
+    website cannot be verified).</li>
+  <li>the issuer certificate is not trusted (&brandShortName; cannot
+    verify the identity of the website because it doesn&apos;t
+    recognize the <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate
+    authority (CA)</a> that issued the website&apos;s certificate)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The page displayed in the above cases is meant to help you understand why
+  &brandShortName; was unable to establish a secure connection to the website.
+  It starts by telling you that the website&apos;s identity could not be
+  verified, then offers you to leave the page by clicking the <strong>This
+  sounds bad, take me to my home page instead</strong> button. If you are unsure
+  what to do it is recommended that you follow this advice.</p>
+
+<p>If you want to know a little bit more about the actual problem at hand you
+  may expand the corresponding section by clicking the chevron in front of
+  <strong>Technical Details</strong>. That section also contains the
+  <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem
+  &brandShortName; detected with the website.</p>
+
+<h4 id="add_security_exception">Adding a Security Exception</h4>
+
+<p>The <strong>I Understand the Risks</strong> section of the Untrusted
+  Connection page allows you to tell &brandShortName; to explicitly override the
+  security checks for this website by adding an exception. If you expand the
+  section by clicking the chevron in front of it you will see an <strong>Add
+  Exception</strong> button that will take you to a dialog allowing you to get
+  and view the website&apos;s certificate and optionally add a Security
+  Exception for it (either permanently or just for the current session). Those
+  exceptions can be administered through the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p>
+
+<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed Dialog</h3>
+
+<p>In cases where &brandShortName; cannot determine the actual cause of the
+  problem a dialog titled &quot;Secure Connection Failed&quot; is shown in
+  addition to the <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection
+  page</a>. That dialog includes a <strong>View Certificate</strong> button
+  that allows you to examine the website&apos;s certificate more closely.</p>
+
+<h3 id="certificate_expired">Certificate Expired</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner
+  of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+  attempt to visit a website whose server certificate has expired. The first
+  thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your computer
+  is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is set to a date that is after the
+  expiration date, &brandShortName; treats the website&apos;s certificate as
+  expired.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend
+  to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites
+  will make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire. If you
+  choose to continue you need to <a href="#add_security_exception">add a
+  security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="certificate_not_yet_valid">Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+  attempt to visit a website whose server certificate&apos;s validity period has
+  not yet started. The first thing you should do is make sure the time and date
+  displayed by your own computer is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is
+  set to the wrong date, &brandShortName; may treat the server certificate as
+  not yet valid even if this is not the case.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend
+  to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites
+  will make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun
+  before beginning to use them. If you choose to continue you need to
+  <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3>
+
+<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the
+  name of the server in the form of the website&apos;s domain name. For example,
+  the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the
+  domain name in a server&apos;s certificate doesn&apos;t match the actual
+  domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to
+  intercept your communication with the website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+  attempt to visit a website whose server certificate&apos;s domain does not
+  match the domain of the website you are trying to visit. The decision whether
+  to trust the website anyway depends on what you intend to do at the site and
+  what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will make sure that the
+  host name for a website certificate matches the website&apos;s actual host
+  name. If you choose to continue you need to
+  <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway (either for this session or
+  permanently), you should be cautious about what you do on the website, and you
+  should treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ef33f0c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Manager</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more
+  information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#people">People</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#servers">Servers</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#others">Others</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your
+  certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+  name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+  require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected
+    certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to
+    protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your
+    choice.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the
+    certificates stored in the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+    Device</a>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+      Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+      Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+      stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only
+      back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security
+      Device.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import,
+    Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the
+    backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in
+    <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file
+    to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you
+    set when you backed up the certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup
+  Password</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are
+  backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in
+  the Certificate Manager.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up
+  certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that
+  have previously been backed up.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password
+    into this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup
+    password again. If you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you
+    did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try
+    typing the new password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up
+  and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or
+  access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for
+  example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank
+  or investment accounts over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a certificate backup password that
+  is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you
+  a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed,
+  however.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record the password in a safe place&mdash;and
+  not anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible to someone else. If you forget
+  this password, you can&apos;t import the backup of your certificate.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the
+  <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate
+  Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day for reading old
+  email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private
+  key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="people">People</h2>
+
+<p>The People tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a>
+  displays email certificates you have on file that identify other people.</p>
+
+<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager
+  imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to
+  send encrypted messages to those people.</p>
+
+<p>Certificates that identify people are listed under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under
+  an organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+  require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate an email certificate as one that you trust or
+    don&apos;t trust for identification purposes.</li>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you
+    to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li>
+  <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+    choose among various formats.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting someone else&apos;s certificate from the
+  <a href="#people">People</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure you
+  won&apos;t need it again some day to send encrypted email to that person or
+  to verify digital signatures on messages from that person.</p>
+
+<h2 id="servers">Servers</h2>
+
+<p>The Servers tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+  on file that identify servers (websites, mail servers).</p>
+
+<p>Certificates that identify servers are grouped under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under
+  an organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+  require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or
+    don&apos;t trust for identification purposes.</li>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you
+    to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li>
+  <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+    choose among various formats.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Add Exception</strong>: Add a security exception for a server
+    (website, mail server) that identifies itself with invalid information.
+    This is an advanced feature, act with caution.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Web Site Certificate
+  Trust Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a website certificate from the
+  <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and click Edit,
+  you see a window entitled <q>Edit web site certificate trust settings</q>.
+  Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected certificate for
+  identifying the website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
+
+<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was
+    issued by</strong>: Provides information about the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    that issued this certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you
+        select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this
+        certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up
+        an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to
+        visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any,
+        warnings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>:
+        If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust
+        this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or
+        setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and
+        then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning
+        messages before you can access the site.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust
+    settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website
+    certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different
+    kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example,
+    you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the
+    authority.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_web_site_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a server certificate from the
+  <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure that
+  you won&apos;t need it again for the purposes of identifying a website or
+  mail server and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
+
+<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities
+  (CAs)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+  name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+  require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that
+    are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you
+    to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li>
+  <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+    choose among various formats.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To ensure that an entire
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are
+  all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p>
+
+<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You
+  can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its
+  trust settings.</p>
+
+<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The
+  root certificate is the one that lists itself as the issuer.</p>
+
+<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an
+  intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked
+  as trusted in your browser, you don&apos;t have to indicate what purposes you
+  trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust
+  settings of their roots.</p>
+
+<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and
+  click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust
+  settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA
+  to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not
+  trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p>
+
+<p>The settings have these effects:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect
+    this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates
+    issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate
+    Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>:
+    Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the
+    purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox,
+    Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this
+    CA.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager,
+  make sure that you won&apos;t need it again to validate certificates issued
+  by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA,
+  Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that
+  CA.</p>
+
+<h2 id="others">Others</h2>
+
+<p>The Others tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+  on file that do not fit in any of the other categories, i.e. certificates
+  that neither belong to you, other people, servers or CAs.</p>
+
+<p>Other certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that
+  issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an
+  organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+    choose among various formats.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window.
+  For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the
+  Device Manager, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+  Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security
+  devices managed by each module below the module&apos;s name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item
+  appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on
+  a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate
+  button:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you
+    have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to
+    enter the master password for the device depends on the
+    <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password
+    Timeout</a> settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After
+    you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it
+    contains will not be available until you log in again.</li>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the
+    selected security device.</li>
+  <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify
+    the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module,
+    you should first install the module software on your computer and if
+    necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions
+    provided by the vendor.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a
+    module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available
+    for use by the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS
+    Mode</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..522686831e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to
+  use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related
+  to certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate 
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and
+      Decisions</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view
+  Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3>
+
+<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The
+  option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate
+  to present among those you may have on file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want
+    the browser to select a certificate without asking you.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser
+    to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards&mdash;they help other
+  people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and
+  organizations.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage
+  Certificates.</p>
+
+<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3>
+
+<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your
+  certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your
+  browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use
+  additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security
+  Devices.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0eabe63f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,2494 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with
+  &brandShortName; Composer</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish
+  them on the web. You don&apos;t have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as
+  easy to use as a word processor.</p>
+
+<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages,
+  colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on
+  the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with
+  other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program
+  they use.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23"
+  alt="" /></div>
+<div style="-moz-margin-start: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to
+      Your Web Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in
+      Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on
+      the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your
+      New Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that
+  allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What
+  You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look
+  to the reader as you&apos;re creating it. It is not necessary for you to know
+  HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from
+  the toolbars and menus.</p>
+
+<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the
+  HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the
+  &lt;HTML&gt; Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the
+  Composer window.</p>
+
+<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once
+  you&apos;ve started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would
+  in a word processor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer
+    window containing a blank page opens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a page you&apos;re currently viewing in the
+  browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the browser window of the page you&apos;re viewing, open the File
+    menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the
+    page you&apos;re viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the New button in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer
+    window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li>
+  <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example,
+    <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most
+  recent file you&apos;ve been working on by opening the File menu, choosing
+  Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a
+  document in HTML format preserves the document&apos;s formatting, such
+  as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images.
+  Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but
+  preserves the document&apos;s text.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the
+    Composition toolbar.
+
+    <p>If you haven&apos;t already given your page a title, Composer prompts
+      you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser
+      window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in the browser. The
+      document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of bookmarks
+      if you bookmark the page.</p>
+
+    <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location
+      where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html
+      extension in the filename.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images
+  and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally
+  on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you
+  must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See
+  <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information
+  on changing Composer&apos;s setting for saving pages.</p>
+
+<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are
+  connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in
+  Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the
+  page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won&apos;t see the
+  image in the local version of the document.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li>
+  <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the
+    file.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the
+  text-only format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File
+  menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which
+  you&apos;re working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p>
+
+<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the
+    Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer
+    prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer
+    window remains open behind the new browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting
+      Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color,
+      Style, and Font</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or
+      Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing
+      Text</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal
+      Lines</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special
+      Characters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML
+      Elements and Attributes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing
+      Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs,
+  Headings, and Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin,
+    or select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and
+        style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after
+        the text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to
+        begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom
+        margins.</li>
+      <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the
+        paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while
+        Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q>
+        that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for
+        more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> 
+
+        <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This
+          format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a
+          horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in
+          italics.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code
+        examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a
+        fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces,
+        tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted
+        style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout
+        of the original text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To format text as a heading:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you
+    want to format.</li>
+  <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of
+    heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q>
+    for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so
+    forth.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To apply a list item format:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want
+    to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li>
+  <li>Choose the list style:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it
+        (as in this list).</li>
+      <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li>
+      <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two
+        styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the
+        Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the
+        definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition
+        text appears indented.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of
+  text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List
+  <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" />
+  or Bulleted List
+  <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" />
+  buttons on the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you
+    want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to
+    apply a new style to the entire list.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li>
+  <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered
+    lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can
+    change the bullet style.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a
+  list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p>
+
+<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or
+  aligning to the left or right:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text
+    you want to align.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment
+    option.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align
+  text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and
+    press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to
+    end the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the
+    list items.</li>
+  <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted
+    list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the
+    next list item.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list
+  items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or
+  Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a
+  list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press
+  <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p>
+
+<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of
+    the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists
+    will also become part of the merged list.</li>
+  <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to
+    merge the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and
+  Font</h2>
+
+<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to
+        use fonts specified by the reader&apos;s browser, select Variable
+        Width or Fixed Width.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and
+          Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers.
+          If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed
+          using a different computer.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font
+        size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative
+        to the surrounding text).</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as
+        italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for
+        example, Code.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the
+        color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes,
+        you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for
+        example, <q>blue</q>). You&apos;ll find the official W3C list of CSS
+        supported color names
+        <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>,
+        and another list of commonly supported color names 
+        <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the background color of the page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li>
+  <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color
+  last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color
+  block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one
+  color for separate lines of text.</p>
+
+<p>You can also use an image as a background. See
+  <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text
+  Styles</h2>
+
+<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text
+    styles.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2>
+
+<p>To find text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow
+    the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether
+        you are searching forward or backwards.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the
+        insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first
+    occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next
+    occurrence.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find and replace text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don&apos;t select this
+        option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower
+        case.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end
+        to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the
+    next occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text.
+    Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next
+    occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document
+    with the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2>
+
+<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a
+  document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>)
+  in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize a line&apos;s height, length, width, alignment, and
+  shading.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage,
+        the line&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s
+        or browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line&apos;s height
+        (in pixels).</li>
+      <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line
+        by adding a bevel shading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the
+        line (left, center, or right).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time
+    you insert a horizontal line.</li>
+  <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced
+    Edit. See the section,
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>,
+    for details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to
+  show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select
+  everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to
+  display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>
+  dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2>
+
+<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency
+  symbols:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character
+    to appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the
+    Insert Character dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a category of characters.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the
+        Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an
+        accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select
+        Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols
+        or fractions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to
+    insert.</li>
+  <li>Click Insert. 
+
+    <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window)
+      while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it
+      again.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and
+  Attributes</h2>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert
+  additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are
+  not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to change it.
+  To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or
+    select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose
+    HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then
+    click Insert.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes,
+    JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the &lt;HTML&gt;
+    Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.
+    (If you don&apos;t see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose
+    Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property
+  Editor</h3>
+
+<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images,
+  and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or
+  modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it&apos;s best not to do
+  so.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object&apos;s Advanced Property Editor.
+    The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the
+    current properties for the selected object:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional HTML attributes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the
+        &lt;style&gt; attribute. For more information on using CSS styles
+        in Composer, see
+        <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        JavaScript events.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the
+    attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute&apos;s name
+    or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of
+    the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field
+    at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added
+    when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in
+    the list, and click Remove Attribute.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the
+      Attribute list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2>
+
+<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you
+  should first check the document&apos;s HTML formatting to make sure it
+  conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less
+  likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually
+  checking your web pages in the browser doesn&apos;t ensure that your document
+  will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p>
+
+<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document
+  conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses
+  the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document&apos;s HTML
+  syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides
+  information on how to correct errors.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To validate your document&apos;s HTML syntax:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved
+    changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li>
+  <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q>
+    and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Typically, you won&apos;t need to change the editing mode from the default
+  (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document&apos;s HTML source
+  code, you may want to change editing modes.</p>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views.
+  Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but
+  displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p>
+
+<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a
+    checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document
+    will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to
+    show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons
+    are hidden.</li>
+  <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag
+    icons.</li>
+  <li><strong>&lt;HTML&gt; Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit
+    the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the
+    document, the Normal mode reappears.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the
+    document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except
+    that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java,
+  embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of
+  the editing modes. To display these items in their active
+  state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to
+  load the page into a browser window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+      Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and
+      Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and
+      Deleting Tables</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a
+      Table</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2>
+
+<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted
+  rows and columns. To insert a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want.
+    <ul>
+      <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either
+        percentage of the window or pixels.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no
+    border.
+  
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate
+      tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+      is viewed in a browser.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see
+  <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+  Properties</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the
+  Insert menu and choose Table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s Properties</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire
+  table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table
+    Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and
+        columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the
+        table&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s or
+        browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels,
+        the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding
+        (the space between the contents of the cell and its border).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display
+          tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+          is viewed in a browser.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within
+        the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the
+        drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for
+        the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced
+    Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose
+    Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the
+        drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns,
+        or cells.</li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then
+        choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal
+        alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list
+        for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the
+        cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don&apos;t wrap</q> from the
+        drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you
+        insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell
+        background or leave it as transparent.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript
+          events, click Advanced Edit to display the
+          <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+          Editor</a>
+        </p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one
+  or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click
+  anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color
+  icon in the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used,
+  select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker.
+  This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows,
+  Columns, and Cells</h2>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns,
+  or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to
+  maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while
+  you perform editing tasks.</p>
+
+<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table
+    within a table cell.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or,
+    select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To
+    select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select.
+    To select individual cells in a table, hold down the
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+    on the cells you want to select.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li>
+  <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and
+    choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then
+    choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined
+    cell into the first of the two cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a>
+  for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and
+  columns.</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table
+  Editing Behavior</h3>
+
+<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the
+  table&apos;s structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever
+  needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain
+  the table&apos;s original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise,
+  deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline
+  appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose
+    Composer.</li>
+  <li>Under Editing, set the following preference:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or
+        deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don&apos;t get an
+        irregularly shaped table.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win">Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2>
+
+<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of
+  cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere
+    inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    Table.</li>
+  <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then
+        drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to
+        select a row; up or down to select a column.</li>
+      <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+        <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep
+        pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>
+        as you click to select additional cells.</li>
+      <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a
+        cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li>
+      <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down
+        to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to
+        select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting
+  Tables</h2>
+
+<p>To move a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu&apos;s cut, copy, and
+    paste options.</li>
+  <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and
+    then choose Table.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2>
+
+<p>To convert text into a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that
+    Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the
+    Convert to Table dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into
+    columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as
+    the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to
+    ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li>
+  <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove
+    the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you
+    don&apos;t want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this
+    option.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text
+  is converted to a table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web
+  Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into
+      Your Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images
+  into your web page. You can also use them to
+  <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image,
+  Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web,
+  it&apos;s best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references to images once you insert them.</p>
+
+<p>To insert an image:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the
+    Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File
+    to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+  <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will
+    appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is
+    loading or when image loading is disabled. 
+
+    <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for
+    example, alignment) in the
+    <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto
+  your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a
+  paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve inserted an image into your page, you can edit its
+  properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height,
+  width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing
+  the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar
+    to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of
+        the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your
+        hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you
+        to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to
+          images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save
+          the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not
+          available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+          compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked,
+        the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a
+        link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only
+        available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+        compose window.)</li>
+      <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in
+        place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief
+        description of the image. It&apos;s a good practice to specify
+        alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have
+        image loading turned off.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option
+        if the image does not require alternate text or if you don&apos;t want
+        to include it.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes
+        you&apos;ve made to the dimensions and return the image to its original
+        size.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new
+        height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting
+        doesn&apos;t affect the original image file, just the image inserted
+        in your page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it&apos;s
+        a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image&apos;s aspect
+        ratio (so that it doesn&apos;t appear distorted). If you choose this
+        option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not
+        both.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding
+        the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a
+        solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels.
+        Specify zero for no border.</li>
+      <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you&apos;ve placed your
+        image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you
+        want text positioned relative to the image.</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map
+        settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define
+        a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or
+        select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose
+        File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked,
+        displays the link highlight color around the image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page
+      Properties and Meta Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+      Backgrounds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta
+  Tags</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title,
+  author, and description of the document you&apos;re currently working on.
+  This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since
+  search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view
+  this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and
+  choosing Page Info.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the
+        window title when someone views the page through a browser. This
+        is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title
+        that conveys what your page is about.</li>
+      <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the
+        document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the
+        document by using a web search tool to search on name. 
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in
+          Composer&apos;s <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then
+          you won&apos;t have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the
+        document&apos;s contents.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</h2>
+
+<p>You can change the background color or specify a background
+  image for the page you&apos;re currently working on. These choices
+  affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing
+  the page through a browser.</p>
+
+<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin
+  from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you
+        want your page to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+        for text and links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color
+        from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link
+        appears in the pane on the right.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the
+        background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image
+        file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard
+        drive or network. 
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+          background color selections.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. 
+
+        <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in
+          the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location
+          on your hard disk or a web server.</p>
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a
+          full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking
+          to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in
+          order to enable this checkbox.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events,
+  click Advanced Edit to display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+  Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page
+  background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within
+      the Same Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other
+      Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing
+      Links</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader
+  can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an
+  <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the
+  anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you
+    want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor
+    Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30
+    characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores
+    ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a
+    name.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the
+    anchor&apos;s location:
+    <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see
+    the Link Properties dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to an HTML file on your computer,
+        click Choose File to locate it.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a named anchor (target), select
+        it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a level heading (for example,
+        Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently
+        available in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File
+  menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can
+  use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in
+  the page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2>
+
+<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or
+  on your workplace&apos;s network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references for links once you create them.</p>
+
+<p>To create a link to another page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or
+    select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Define your link:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you&apos;ve already selected an image
+        file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or
+        file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you
+        want to use as the link.</li>
+      <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or
+        remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you&apos;re not sure of
+        the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for
+        it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL
+        from the browser&apos;s Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a
+        named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link
+        to.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If
+        checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to
+        the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location
+        is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the
+        Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click
+    the link to make sure it works as expected.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging
+  the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For
+  example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail
+  window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac">
+  or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a
+  web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the
+  link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog
+  box.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2>
+
+<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in
+  your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window
+  displays the page that the image is linked to.</p>
+
+<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select an image on your page.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button
+    <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li>
+  <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading
+    within the page</a>, or to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window
+  into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around
+  images used as links:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the linked image.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included
+  as part of the link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+ 
+<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1>
+
+<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages,
+  but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote
+  computer called a web server.</p>
+
+<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your
+  pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide
+  space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server
+  where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system
+  administrator.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published
+      Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the
+      Filename or Publishing Location</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default
+      Publishing Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+      Problems</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to
+  automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To publish a document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer
+    document.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to publish the document remotely, click the
+    Publish button.
+
+    <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the
+      document&apos;s publishing settings and starts publishing the document.
+      While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status
+      dialog box.</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays
+        the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter
+        information about the document&apos;s remote publishing location. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+        information. When you&apos;re done entering information, click Publish.
+      </li>
+      <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish
+        tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the
+        document&apos;s filename. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more
+        information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the
+    page&apos;s links and make sure there are no missing images.</li>
+  <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you&apos;re ready to update
+    the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the
+  document&apos;s <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate
+  that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the
+  document locally (on your computer&apos;s hard disk), click the Save button.
+  You&apos;ll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk
+  for the document.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding
+  Broken Links or Missing Images</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file
+    extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG
+    file extension. Don&apos;t use spaces or other special symbols in your
+    filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase
+    letters and numbers.</li>
+  <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the
+    web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you
+    published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish
+    Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images
+    and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see
+  <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2>
+
+<p>To update a published document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location
+    of the document you want to update by entering the document&apos;s HTTP
+    address (the document&apos;s web address) in the browser&apos;s
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to update the remote page with your changes, click
+    Publish in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you&apos;ve published on a
+  web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create
+  subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service
+  provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find
+  information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+  provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites
+  such as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or
+  Publishing Location</h2>
+
+<p>To change a document&apos;s filename or publishing location:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update
+      by entering the document&apos;s HTTP address (the document&apos;s web
+      address) in the browser&apos;s Location Bar.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Open Composer&apos;s File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays
+    the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use.
+    To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See
+    <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+    information.</li>
+  <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can
+  set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you
+  use, so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you want to
+  publish.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click New Site.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to
+    this publishing site. 
+
+    <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents
+      related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site
+      name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents
+      you publish at each site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to
+    you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This
+    URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. 
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL
+    that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this
+    site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP
+    or web hosting service.</li>
+  <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using
+    Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you
+    publish pages at this site.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing
+  Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use
+  only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site
+  you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the
+  default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you
+  specifically choose an alternate site.</p>
+
+<p>Regardless of how many sites you&apos;ve set up, you can always publish a
+  document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer&apos;s
+  File menu. See
+  <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename
+  or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list. 
+
+    <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that
+      one as the default site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Set as Default.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site&apos;s settings from Composer.
+  If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site&apos;s
+  settings.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a publishing site&apos;s settings, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove Site.
+
+    <p>Composer only removes the site&apos;s settings; the remote site itself
+      is not affected.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</h2>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing
+  Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you
+  determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p>
+
+<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your
+  hard disk by opening Composer&apos;s File menu, and choosing Save. You
+  can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To
+  quickly locate the file later, open Composer&apos;s File menu, and
+  choose Recent Pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li>
+  <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are
+    correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you&apos;re not
+    sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing
+        settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the
+        settings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing
+        address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the
+        publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or
+        the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as
+        <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your
+        user name. 
+
+        <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the
+          publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+          For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned
+          site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3>
+
+<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the
+  filenames:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it&apos;s
+    acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid
+    potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use
+    lowercase letters in your filenames. 
+
+    <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become
+      case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember
+      files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of
+      uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+
+    <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the
+      filename&apos;s web address into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, you
+      must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same
+      combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Don&apos;t use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ )
+    or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li>
+  <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li>
+  <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages 
+  Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box.
+  You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what
+  to do to fix the problem.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+  <p>Error Messages:</p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to
+    publish.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var>
+    doesn&apos;t exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your
+    connection and try again later.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this
+    location.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon
+    near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to
+    save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too
+    long.</tt></a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> 
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files
+    failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical
+    reasons might be:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location on the web is not accessible.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location was changed or the file was deleted or
+      moved to another location.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken
+      images will appear with this icon
+      <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the
+      page. To correct the image&apos;s address, double-click the broken
+      image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the
+      correct address.</li>
+    <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on
+      the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd>
+      on your keyboard.</li>
+    <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides
+      is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li>
+    <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct
+      location of the CSS file. To fix the file&apos;s address in Composer,
+      click the HTML Source tab and edit the file&apos;s location in the HTML
+      source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar
+      with HTML tags.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn&apos;t exist on this
+      site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote
+    subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only
+    publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing
+    location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an
+    existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p>
+
+  <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name
+      of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li>
+    <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed
+      the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing
+      location.</li>
+    <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a
+      subdirectory at the publishing site.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete
+      subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they
+      recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on
+      FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+      provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware
+      sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Don&apos;t use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or
+      <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q>
+      or <q>.htm</q>.</li>
+    <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a
+      subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again
+      later.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For
+    example:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li>
+    <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li>
+    <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet
+      might not be functioning correctly.</li>
+    <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable
+      due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li>
+    <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical
+      problems.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered
+      them correctly. See
+      <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a> for more information.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+    <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware,
+      telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning
+      properly.</li>
+    <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are
+      attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but
+      cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting
+      service may be experiencing technical problems.</li>
+    <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web
+      server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a
+    location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites
+    where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the
+      Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the
+      Publish dialog box.</li>
+    <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their
+      site.</li>
+    <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In
+      the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner
+      of any window to go online.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but
+    your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the
+    <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q>
+    state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p>
+
+  <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at
+    the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName;
+    window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as
+    <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the
+      icon should look like this:
+      <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file
+      <var>filename</var>.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server&apos;s hard
+    disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated
+    to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your
+      publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+      particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs
+      in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s website.
+      FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet
+      Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your
+      disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy
+      your needs.</li>
+    <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the
+      network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different
+      location that has more disk space, or if you can request that
+      additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing
+      location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the
+    filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server
+    computer that you are trying to publish to.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than
+      32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32
+      characters.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes Composer&apos;s publishing settings. For
+  information on Composer&apos;s general and new page settings, see
+  <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want
+  to publish a document. These settings apply to the current
+  document.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page
+    dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Publish tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you&apos;ve
+    created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To
+    create a new site, click New Site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s page title as
+    it appears in the browser window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in
+    the browser. The document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of
+    bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s filename. Make
+    sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename.
+
+    <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you&apos;re
+      publishing to has the same filename as one you&apos;re uploading, the
+      newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be
+      asked to confirm the action.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this
+    blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing
+    directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote
+    subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory
+    at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from
+    the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so
+    you can select from a list of remote locations you&apos;ve previously
+    used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must
+      already exist at the remote server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked,
+    Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this
+    page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as
+    the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a
+    remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing
+    directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete
+  published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+  particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP
+  programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s
+  website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such
+  as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for
+  the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote
+  site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you
+  publish to this location.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box
+    appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Settings tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for
+    this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this
+    publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with
+    either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to
+    as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete
+    address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the
+    home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as
+    part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this
+      URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to
+    enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and
+  delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default
+  publishing site.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing
+    site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list
+    of available publishing sites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the
+    default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is
+    the remote location that you most often use for publishing
+    documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to
+    the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an
+    alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box.
+
+    <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the
+      File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing
+      destination.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings
+    from Composer.</li>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer
+    to this publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin
+    with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents
+      are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP
+    address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a
+    filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so you don&apos;t have to enter
+    it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on Composer&apos;s publishing settings, see
+  <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2>
+
+<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for
+  table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Composer category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum
+    number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the
+    HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add
+    linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This
+    preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser
+    window.</em></li>
+  <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving
+    pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style
+    Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as
+    the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the
+    document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is
+    saved.
+
+    <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all
+      related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when
+      you save the page to your hard disk.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If
+    checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you
+    click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not
+    checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs
+    more information in order to publish the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>:
+    Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table&apos;s
+    layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where
+    needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells,
+    Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with
+    empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number
+    of cells.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>:
+    Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer
+    documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+    formatting with CSS inline styles for elements.
+
+    <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+      formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more
+      maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers.
+      If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without
+      CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for
+      selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format
+      toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the
+      page. (These features are not available if this preference is not
+      enabled.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a
+     paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new
+     paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return
+     </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If
+     deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd
+     class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2>
+
+<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and
+  background images that apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the
+    HTML source code for each new page you create.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you always
+    want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+    for text and link elements.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to
+    specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for
+    each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each
+    element.</li>
+  <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image
+    file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or
+    network. 
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+      background color.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and
+  choose Page Title and Properties.</p>
+
+<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open
+  the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36c138f770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fayt">Find As You Type</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p class="unix">The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select
+    this to use the already set system preferences, overriding 
+    &brandShortName;&apos; ones.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts &amp;
+  Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how
+  JavaScript and plugins are used:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Select this to turn on JavaScript for web
+        pages opened in the browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control
+    how JavaScript can be used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows
+        to be resized or moved.</li>
+      <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed
+        under or on top of other windows.</li>
+      <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be
+        hidden.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be
+        changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or
+        animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse
+        cursor is placed over them).</li>
+      <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click
+        menus<span class="mac"> or, if you&apos;re using a one-button mouse,
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by
+        webpages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Check this checkbox to control how
+    plugins are used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in
+        Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When additional plugins are required</strong>: Check this
+    checkbox if you want to be informed whenever a website requires additional
+    plugins:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Display a notification bar at the top of the content
+        area</strong>: When a website requires a plugin which is not installed,
+        a notification bar will be displayed above the website content area.
+        From the bar you will be able to download and install the missing
+        plugin.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about plugins, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+  the keyboard to navigate in web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac"><strong>Tab Key Navigation</strong>: Select which elements
+    should be taken into account when using the Tab key on a page:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+        <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection
+        lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+        <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons,
+        check boxes, and selection lists.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Browse With Caret</strong>: Select if and how <a
+    href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a> should be used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use caret browsing</strong>: If checked, caret browsing will
+        be enabled by default when you load a web page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing</strong>: If
+        checked, the F7 shortcut will toggle caret browsing on or off. Otherwise
+        &brandShortName; will not use the shortcut and the below option will
+        have no effect.</li>
+      <li><strong>Warn me before turning on caret browsing</strong>: If checked,
+        &brandShortName; will issue a warning dialog if the caret browsing mode
+        is about to be entered, allowing you to choose whether to proceed or
+        not. (There is no warning when leaving caret browsing mode.)</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fayt">Advanced Preferences - Find As You Type</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Find As You Type references
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Find As You Type. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Find As You Type preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+  the keyboard to search for text in web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If
+    checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type
+    and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether
+    you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked,
+    you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the
+    Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn&apos;t found</strong>: If
+    checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn&apos;t
+    found in the web page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of
+    inactivity</strong>: If checked, the search will be cancelled after a few
+    seconds of keyboard inactivity.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show the find toolbar during find as you type</strong>: If
+    checked, the find toolbar will open when Find As You Type is activated and
+    what you type will be entered into the toolbar search field. If unchecked,
+    the find toolbar will not be opened and the search string will be displayed
+    in the status bar. Note that international text entry will not work in this
+    mode.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory
+  and disk cache:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache</strong>: Select
+    this to let &brandShortName; apply a heuristic based on the space available
+    on your hard disk in order to determine your cache size. (This is the
+    default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Use up to [__] MB of disk space for the cache</strong>: Type in
+    the amount of disk cache you want to allocate for &brandShortName;. The disk
+    cache is saved to your hard disk (drive) and can be used again, even if you
+    have restarted your computer. (The default is 1024 MB. This preference is
+    ignored if the above checkbox is selected.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cache Folder Location</strong>: Shows the current location of the
+    disk cache folder 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder
+        location for the disk cache.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the
+    network</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages
+    designed for prefetching can load more quickly</strong>: Select this to
+    decrease the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web
+    page that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see
+    the online
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link
+    Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you
+  have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the
+  proxy.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the
+    proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you
+    have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration
+    URL.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file.
+
+        <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the
+          online
+          <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End
+          User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery
+    was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+        the proxy server.</li>
+      <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click
+        on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+        <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+      <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses
+        that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a
+        comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3>
+
+<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use
+  a SOCKS proxy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>,
+    <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address 
+    of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you&apos;re using the same settings
+      for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings
+      for all protocols</q>.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
+    of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy,
+        select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version
+        of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to
+        use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is
+        recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based
+  networking:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>:
+    Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original
+        version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of
+        HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient
+        use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching,
+        multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over
+        cache expiration and replacement policies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Keep-Alive</strong>: Select this to keep a connection
+        open to make additional HTTP requests, increasing speed.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to
+        enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be
+        sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with 
+          HTTP 1.1.</p></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Agent String</strong>:
+    The identifier sent by &brandShortName; to all websites is used for
+    statistics about website usage but also sometimes to expose certain features
+    only to known browsers (a practice known as "sniffing").
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Advertise Firefox compatibility</strong>: If this is enabled,
+        &brandShortName; will identify itself as both &brandShortName; and also
+        compatible with Firefox. This allows websites that check for certain
+        browsers rather than certain functionality to work with &brandShortName;.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software
+  Installation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable add-on
+  installation and updates. The Add-on Manager allows you to view and manage
+  all your installed extensions and themes.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Add-ons</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allow websites to install add-ons and updates</strong>:
+        Select this if you want to allow websites to install add-ons and
+        updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before
+        each installation.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this link to open the
+            Data Manager tab, where you can view and edit the list of websites
+            that you want to allow to install software</li>
+          <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to
+            be notified when a new version of one of your installed add-ons is
+            available. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a
+            <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new
+            versions.</li>
+          <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>:
+            Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download
+            and install updates for you when they become available. The download
+            will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download
+            has finished the update to the add-on will be installed
+            automatically the next time you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Personalize Add-on recommendations</strong>: Select this to
+        be offered suggestions for add-ons in the &quot;Get Add-ons&quot; tab
+        of the manager:
+        <ul>
+          <li>Note that this function involves sending a list of your
+            currently installed add-ons to the add-on web site.</li>
+          <li>Disabling this option will also suppress contacting the add-on
+            site periodically for any new information about installed add-ons,
+            but won't affect automated updates.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Manage Add-ons</strong>: Click this link to open the Add-on
+        Manager in a new browser tab.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to be
+        notified when a new version of &brandShortName; is available. Choose
+        whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or
+        a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>:
+            Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download
+            and install updates for you when they become available. The download
+            will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download
+            has finished the update to &brandShortName; will be installed
+            automatically the next time you start it.</li>
+          <li><strong>Warn me if this will disable any of my add-ons</strong>:
+            Select this to be notified if an automatic update will disable any
+            of your installed add-ons. In that case you will be shown a list
+            of incompatible add-ons and you can choose whether you want to
+            download and install the update or not.</li>
+        </ul>
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: You can use Check for Updates from the
+          <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Help</span>
+          menu to manually initiate the search for a &brandShortName; update.
+          <span class="noMac">The label of the menu item will change when an
+          update is being downloaded or ready to be applied.</span></p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Show Update History…</strong>: Click this to open the Update
+        History dialog box which shows a list of &brandShortName; updates that
+        have been installed, including the update type (e.g. Security Update),
+        time of installation and installation status. The Details link next to
+        each update takes you to a web page that contains further information
+        regarding the update.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel
+  on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;.
+  Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the
+  scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function
+  is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the 
+  horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal
+  scrolling</strong>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use
+    along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse
+    wheel behavior:
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Scroll the document by</strong>: Choose this to scroll the
+        document by the number of lines (or characters for horizontal movement)
+        typed in the field.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Use system default</strong>: Choose this to use your
+            system&apos;s default setting&mdash;the number of lines (characters)
+            you may have previously entered will be overridden. Read your
+            system&apos;s documentation to find out where to change the
+            system default mouse wheel/scroll settings.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scroll a page up (left) or a page down (right)</strong>:
+        Choose this to scroll up or down one page at a time. This setting allows
+        faster, but less accurate scrolling through a page with your mouse
+        wheel.</li>
+      <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>:
+        Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to
+        previous pages you&apos;ve visited.</li>
+      <li><strong>Make the text larger or smaller</strong>: Choose this to use
+        the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of text on a web page.
+        This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the
+        screen.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different
+      function.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting
+    in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2>
+
+<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development
+  component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel.
+  If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by
+  flashing it or its border:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the
+    highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border
+    will appear around the element.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time
+      (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval
+        (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the
+        selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the
+        whole element&mdash;including its border&mdash;to flash.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f95ec16cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you
+  are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the
+    preferences you want to view.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section: 
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup
+  options and customize the user interface:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the
+    components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li>
+  <li>Show toolbars as: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text
+        underneath each of the toolbar buttons.</li>
+      <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar
+        buttons only.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons
+        only.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have 
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor
+    is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some
+    websites.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to
+    change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;.
+    Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page.
+    <strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new language
+    setting to take effect.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence
+  how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Website Icons:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see
+        site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon
+        <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+        alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the
+        Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li>
+      <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page does not
+        define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website
+        icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a
+        &quot;favicon&quot; on the server and use that instead.</li>
+      <li>Display website icons in bookmarks menu and toolbar:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Never show icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select this if
+            you only want to see the default icons but not the website&apos;s
+            own icon in the bookmarks menu or the personal toolbar.</li>
+          <li><strong>Only when website was loaded recently</strong>: Select
+            this to show the website&apos;s own icon only if the website has
+            been recently loaded and the icon is currently in the
+            browser&apos;s cache.</li>
+          <li><strong>Always load website icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select
+            this to always load website icons to be displayed in the bookmarks
+            menu or personal toolbar, even if it&apos;s not in the cache.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth
+    scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled
+    will&mdash;instead of an immediate jump&mdash;smoothly scroll the content
+    down to the next page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use hardware acceleration when available</strong>: Select this to
+    let &brandShortName; use hardware acceleration (if available) to render web
+    sites. If you experience problems with the visual presentation of web
+    content, disabling hardware acceleration may solve the issue.</li>
+  <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone
+    images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized
+    image will make it appear at full size.</li>
+  <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if you
+    want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using the
+    &quot;Zoom&quot; function. If this is not selected, the whole page,
+    including images, will be zoomed.</li>
+  <li><strong>Warn me when web sites try to redirect or reload the
+    page</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; block automatic meta
+    redirection (HTTP-EQUIV=refresh) requests by default. When a redirect is
+    supposed to be executed, a notification bar is shown instead which allows
+    you to permit the redirect on a case-by-case basis.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts
+  and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy &amp;
+  Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how
+  content appears to you.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the
+  selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance,
+    to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose
+    <q>Western.</q> For Unicode or a language/script not yet in the list, choose
+    <q>Other Languages.</q> For more information, including <q>User Defined</q>,
+    see <a href="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting
+    Character Encodings and Fonts</a>.<br/>
+    All settings below, except for the checkbox, are stored per language group;
+    each can have its own set of font definitions.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text
+        should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can
+        also specify what font size you want for proportional text.
+        Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary
+        in width.</li>
+      <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use
+        for web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier)
+        and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in
+        width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li>
+      <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you
+        want to be shown on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select
+    this checkbox to keep a web page&apos;s font and size settings instead of
+    your own preferences.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text
+  colors on web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select
+    a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system
+        color settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color
+    for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined
+        links on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and
+    backgrounds</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web
+        page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and
+        backgrounds.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background
+        image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors,
+        ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5db931af05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,678 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Choose Browser.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#history">History</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#link_behavior">Link Behavior</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of
+  the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with
+    the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you
+    open a new window or tab:
+    <ol>
+      <li>
+        <ul>
+          <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser
+            will display at startup.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new browser window.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new tab.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Select one of the following checkboxes:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank
+            page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home
+            page (specified below).</li>
+          <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the
+            page you were viewing right before you last exited
+            &brandShortName;.</li>
+          <li><strong>Restore Previous Session</strong>: Causes the browser to
+            restore the windows and tabs you were viewing right before you last
+            exited &brandShortName;, including form data and browsing
+            history. This option is only available in connection with
+            <strong>Display on Browser Startup</strong>.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ol>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set
+    &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click
+        this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Home Page</strong>: In the field, type the web page you want as
+    your home page or do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page
+        currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser
+        tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of
+        tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button,
+        the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location
+        field.
+
+        <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use
+          Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p>
+
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the
+        default home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk
+        that you want to load as your home page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure the history settings
+  for the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of
+        websites visited.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remember visited pages</strong>: Select this to make
+        &brandShortName; remember pages you visit within the browsing history.
+        For example, you need that to be able to search for pages you have
+        already visited from the location bar or history window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of
+        websites in the Location bar menu.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Form and Search History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Enable form and search history</strong>: Select this to let
+        &brandShortName; keep a history of the forms you fill in and the
+        searches you do.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remember form and search history for up to [__] days</strong>:
+        Type the maximum number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track
+        of forms you fill in and searches you do. For example, if you set this
+        number to 180 days, forms and searches 180 days old or less will be
+        kept.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and
+  character encoding for displaying web pages and choose if and how your typing
+  is spell checked:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to
+        move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference
+        for the listed languages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for
+        displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list.
+        If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language
+        code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below
+        the list. See the online document
+        <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes
+        for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of
+        language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your
+        changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+        language.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Use the drop-down list
+        to select the character encoding you want for displaying web
+        pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Spelling</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When typing check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down
+        list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and
+  other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents).
+  It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each
+  type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will
+  narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description
+  or the currently selected action.</p>
+<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you
+  can also choose a web application to handle the type, choose
+  <!-- a feature (like <a href="glossary.xhtml#live_bookmark">Live Bookmarks</a> for
+  feeds) or --> a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in &brandShortName; to
+  handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p>
+<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current
+  handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the
+  handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local
+    application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select
+    <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li>
+  <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li>
+  <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting
+    <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the
+    <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong>
+    preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will
+    save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when
+    you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on
+    your computer to save it to.</li>
+  <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when
+    encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be
+    shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle
+    that specific file from there.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you
+  choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your
+  chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded
+  inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle
+  it. See also
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the
+  Location Bar.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>:
+        Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from
+        your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Match only websites you&apos;ve typed previously</strong>:
+            Shows only websites that you&apos;ve typed in the Location Bar and
+            not websites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link
+            on a web page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Only match locations, not website titles</strong>: Shows
+            only websites where the location matches what you typed. Websites
+            where the title matches what you typed will not show up as
+            autocomplete suggestions unless their location matches, too.</li>
+          <li><strong>Match</strong>:
+            <ul>
+              <li><strong>Anywhere in the location or title</strong>: The
+                autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what
+                you typed matches any part of the website&apos;s location or
+                title.</li>
+              <li><strong>Anywhere but preferring word boundaries</strong>: The
+                autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what
+                you typed matches any part of the website&apos;s location or
+                title but matches at word boundaries (see next point) are
+                preferred. This is the default setting.</li>
+              <li><strong>Only on word boundaries</strong>: The autocomplete
+                suggestions will include all websites where what you typed
+                matches the beginning of any word contained in the
+                website&apos;s location or title. Matches may also be found
+                inside a word if it contains medial capital letters (as in
+                CamelCase) since all non-lowercase characters are treated as
+                word boundaries.</li>
+              <li><strong>Only at the beginning of the location or
+                title</strong>: The autocomplete suggestions will include all
+                websites where what you typed matches the beginning of the
+                website&apos;s location or title.</li>
+            </ul></li>
+          <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you
+            type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically
+            complete your web address using the visited website it most closely
+            matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this
+            option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your
+            hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your
+            browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li>
+          <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in
+            the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of
+            matching visited web addresses.
+            <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off
+            <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q>
+            matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be
+            shown in the drop-down list.</span></li>
+        </ul></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Internet Search Engine</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show default search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down list item,
+        allowing you to search with the default search engine for words you
+        enter.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page
+        is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to
+        automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to
+        the end of a web page location that can&apos;t be found. For more
+        detailed information about this feature, see the online document
+        <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html">
+        Domain Guessing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web
+        location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically
+        search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text
+        you&apos;ve typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web
+        search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
+        <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar.
+        <strong>Note</strong>: The search engine used can not be
+        changed by the <a href="#internet_search">Internet Search
+        Preferences</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search
+  using &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the
+        search engine you want use for web searching.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search Results</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are
+        available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the
+        Sidebar and show your search results.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web
+        search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search
+        results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on
+        selected words in a web page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when
+        searching in &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one
+        or more search engines from a list when searching in
+        &brandShortName;.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed
+  Browsing:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select
+        this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one
+        browser tab is open.</li>
+      <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to
+        make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a
+        New Tab</q> to open a link.</li>
+      <li><strong>Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs</strong>:
+        Select this to make &brandShortName; warn you when you try to close a
+        browser window which has multiple tabs open in it.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open related tabs after current tab</strong>:
+        Select this to make new tabs open next to the tab from which they have
+        been opened. When unchecked, new tabs open after the last tab on the
+        tab bar.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group
+        to be opened in new tabs.</li>
+      <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a
+        bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span>
+        <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web
+        page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab
+        when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the
+        <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and
+        pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the
+        middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the
+          link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p>
+      </li>
+
+      <li><strong>
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location
+        bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type
+        the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="link_behavior">Browser Preferences - Link Behavior</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Link Behavior preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Link Behavior. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Link Behavior preferences panel allows you to configure how links are
+  opened in &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that
+    certain links open in a new window by default, you may want to override
+    this. You can define the behavior separately for links with a target
+    attribute and windows opened using JavaScript:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open links meant to open a new window in</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in
+            the current tab of the active window.</li>
+          <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+            page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+          <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new
+            window. (This does not override the webpage design and disables
+            the below options for pages opened from scripts.)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>When scripts want to open a new window</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Always divert windows into tabs</strong>: Open the page to
+            be loaded in a tab according to the above settings.</li>
+          <li><strong>Don&apos;t divert custom windows into tabs</strong>: Open
+            the page to be loaded in a popup window if the script explicitly
+            specifies features of the new window (such as size or position),
+            else open the page in a tab according to the above settings.</li>
+          <li><strong>Always open new windows</strong>: Open the page to be
+            loaded in a new window. (This does not override the webpage
+            design.)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is
+    called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like
+    a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the
+    page will be loaded:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+        current tab of the active window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new
+        window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="win">
+  <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser
+    option in <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance
+    Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p>
+
+  <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when
+    you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>If &brandShortName; is launched from the command line, no command line
+      parameters that open windows (like <kbd>-new-window</kbd>) are used.</li>
+    <li>No <q>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</q> option is set in
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+      - Appearance</a>.</li>
+    <li>The <q>Links from other applications</q> preference is set to <q>A new
+      tab in the current window</q>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName;
+  handles files you download from web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Flash the download manager if it is already open</strong>:
+        Select this to change focus to the Download Manager if it is currently
+        open. It displays the status for current and previous downloads in a
+        single window. This option only takes effect if the Download Manager
+        is already open and overrides the other settings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display
+        the Download Manager when starting a new download. It will be opened
+        if the window isn&apos;t currently shown.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a
+        progress dialog box, which display the status for your current
+        download. The status of each download is kept in a separate
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        download files invisibly. No status is given for all your
+        downloads.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Save files to</strong>: Select this if you want files to be
+        saved to the specified folder without &brandShortName; prompting you
+        for the download location.</li>
+      <li><strong>Always ask me where to save files</strong>: Select this if
+        you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to be saved.
+        The default will be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Download history</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Remove download entries</strong>: This determines when
+        a completed entry is removed from the Download Manager listing
+        (the downloaded file itself will <em>not</em> be affected):
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>When they have completed</strong>: Select this to
+            remove an entry immediately once the download is successfully
+            completed.</li>
+          <li><strong>When quitting &brandShortName;</strong>: Select this
+            to retain all entries until closing the program, the list will
+            be empty upon restarting &brandShortName;.</li>
+          <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this to not remove <em>any</em>
+            entry automatically, even after &brandShortName; is restarted.
+            You can remove them manually in the Download Manager.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when
+        a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file
+        in the file locator. To listen to the sound you&apos;ve chosen, click
+        Play.</li>
+      <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is
+        completed.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see
+  <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+  Downloads</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42046f17a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+  
+<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1>
+
+<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p>
+
+<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without
+  your permission. They vary in size, but usually don&apos;t cover the whole
+  screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping
+  up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows
+  preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you
+  must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound or
+  display an icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> in the status bar or a notification bar at the top of the website
+  content area, or any combination of the above. You can use the icon or the
+  bar to add a website you&apos;re viewing to an exceptions list so that the
+  website is allowed to again display popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some
+  websites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features.
+  Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to
+  use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the
+  list of allowed websites. For more information, see
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp;
+  Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn&apos;t always work</strong>: Although
+  &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may
+  use other methods to show popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you&apos;ve
+  enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific websites to display
+  popups. Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup
+  Manager, and then choose Allow Popups From This Website.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and
+  through the popup control icon.</p>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Popup Windows</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security Preferences category, click Popup
+    Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp;
+    Security to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent
+    popups from appearing in the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of
+    websites that you want to allow to display popups.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allowed Websites - Popups</strong>: The list of allowed
+        websites appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or
+        remove websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you
+        want to add to the list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+        website.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the
+        websites in the current list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time
+    the browser blocks a popup, select this option and choose System beep
+    or Custom sound file. Selecting Custom sound file enables the following two
+    buttons:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Browse</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file.</li>
+      <li><strong>Play</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen
+        sound.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this
+    to display an icon
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+    icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon
+      <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup
+      control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another
+      website.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Display a notification bar at the top of the content area</strong>:
+    Select this to display a notification bar above the website content area
+    whenever a popup is blocked. In the bar, use the Preferences button to choose
+    how to handle popups from that website.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Using the popup control icon or notification bar to add allowed
+  websites</strong>: You can use the popup control icon or notification bar to
+  quickly add a website to the list of allowed websites. Click the icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is
+  already filled in. Click Allow and then click OK to confirm your addition.
+  Similarly you can use the notification bar to allow popups from the current
+  website or open the list of allowed websites through Manage Popups. Just
+  click the Preferences button at the right end of the notification bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere
+  with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see
+  <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b909819b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1403 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information
+  only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security
+  of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not,
+  however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it
+  represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and
+  security protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1>
+
+<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features
+  like Sidebar, bookmarks, Tabbed Browsing, and Add-ons.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;&apos;s
+  browser component.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+      Themes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#add-ons">Add-ons</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How
+      &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and
+      Resizing Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual
+      Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually
+  updated.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing
+  Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the
+  View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+  submenu.</p>
+
+<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize
+  Sidebar&apos;s frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge
+  of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches
+  the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr style="vertical-align: top;">
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with
+      handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">
+      <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+  <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li>
+  <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To view a tab:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a tab&apos;s title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The
+    Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title
+  and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To add a new tab:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize
+    Sidebar from the menu</li>
+  <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the
+    left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li>
+  <li>Click Add.</li>
+  <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar,
+  &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll
+  through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar
+  until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll
+  up.</p>
+  
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list
+    on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview.
+    After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up
+    window.</li>
+  <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar,
+    click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar
+    Directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in
+    the lower part of the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark
+    (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the
+    menu).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its
+  name and choose Hide Tab.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar
+  Tabs</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar
+    from the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information
+    and options for customizing the tab.
+    
+    <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab&mdash;in
+      addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company,
+      organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>After you follow the tab provider&apos;s instructions, close the
+    customization window (or follow the provider&apos;s instructions to close
+    it).</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab&apos;s placement.</li>
+  <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you
+    like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove.</li>
+  <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window.
+  Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window.
+  Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org,
+  icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You don&apos;t need to have several windows open to visit several web pages;
+  thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close,
+  and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to
+  another window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can
+  change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You
+  can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser
+  tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page
+  is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in
+  &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and
+    then Browser Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new
+    tab</q> icon
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/>
+    on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible,
+    right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page
+    link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the
+    Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">
+    Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to
+      open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser
+      Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the
+    Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what
+  you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName;
+  window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the
+  tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be
+  moved. Alternately, you can use
+  <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard
+  shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don&apos;t work when a text
+  box has focus.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of
+  browser tabs in the current window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of
+    Tabs</q>.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to
+    create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page,
+  see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+  Browser</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li>
+  <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and
+    choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs,
+    right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+  Themes</h2>
+  
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default
+      Colors</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser
+  or in a font chosen by the web pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script.
+    For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script
+    (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for
+    proportional text.</li>
+  <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select
+    fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also
+    specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li>
+  <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li>
+  <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as
+    equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts
+  other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow
+  documents to use other fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the
+  default colors set by your browser or by the pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default colors:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, click to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and
+    Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also
+    specify that links should be underlined.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the
+  authors&apos; intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring
+  the colors specified</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the
+  source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable
+  syntax highlighting</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different
+  theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the
+  Add-on Manager.</p>
+
+<p>From the View menu:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>From the Add-on Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-on Manager.</li>
+  <li>Click the Themes button in the toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Use Theme button.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4">
+      <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable&mdash;you decide what you
+  want to keep there.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar
+  Bookmarks</h4>
+
+<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing
+  groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal
+  Toolbar:</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the
+    Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the
+    icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal
+    Toolbar. For more information, see
+    <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark
+    Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon
+  <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" alt="image
+  of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have
+  checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+  Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p>
+
+<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You
+  may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p>
+
+<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding
+  Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p>
+
+<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite
+  bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the
+  Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for
+  work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li>
+  <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is
+    <q>New Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the
+    toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the
+  folder you designated.</p>
+
+<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li>
+  <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal
+  Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p>
+
+<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li>
+  <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar
+  quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal
+  Toolbar or to a folder.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3>
+
+<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It
+  includes the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more
+    information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li>
+  <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load
+    status information.</li>
+  <li>Work Offline
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.png"
+    alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.png"
+    alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working
+    offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from
+    attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web
+    pages or automatically check email.</li>
+  <li>Lock icon (Example:
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"
+    alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page
+    was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+    Security for a Web Page</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to
+  switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p>
+  
+<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p>
+
+<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar,
+    click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using
+    this method.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select
+  the toolbars you want to show.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual
+      Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or
+      Importing a Bookmark List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3>
+
+<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather
+  than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take
+  you directly to the pages you want to see.</p>
+
+<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on
+  Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what&apos;s listed
+  in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and
+  organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a
+  bookmark:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and
+    choose Bookmark This Page.</li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to
+    provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark:
+    <ol>
+      <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of
+        these options: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want
+            a different name.</li>
+          <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you
+            want a different URL.</li>
+          <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you
+            want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location
+            Bar (see
+            <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark
+            Keywords</a>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create
+            your bookmark.</li>
+          <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in
+            which to create your bookmark.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li>
+    </ol>
+  
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a
+      window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a
+      single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current
+      window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>In a bookmarks folder you&apos;ve created on the Personal
+        Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks
+        folders.
+        <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar,
+          see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal
+          Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select
+    the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li>The bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific
+    icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+    Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li>
+  <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be
+    accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and
+    the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage
+  Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the
+  Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks
+  tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To
+    put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The
+    new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li>
+  <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to sort.</li>
+  <li>To sort bookmarks by Name, open the Edit menu and select Sort Folder by
+    Name.</li>
+  <li>To sort bookmarks in other ways, open the Edit menu and select Sort
+    Folder. In the dialog, choose how you want the list sorted.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open
+      <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4>
+
+<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the
+  bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a
+  folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list),
+  add descriptive information, or set a 
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for
+  changes.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Use the pull down lists and the textfield under <q>Check this location
+    for updates</q> to specify how often you want &brandShortName; to check the
+    bookmarked page for changes.</li>
+  <li>To be notified when the bookmarked page changes, choose from the options
+    in the <q>Notification</q> section.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search
+    Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then
+    click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose
+    from the following Search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only
+        part of the word or phrase for which you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching for.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn&apos;t contain" to exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL
+        (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to
+        find or exclude.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for
+        later use.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search
+  results window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a
+  Bookmark List</h3>
+
+<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a
+  copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit
+  it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder.
+    Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p>
+
+<p>You can also import bookmarks from other sources. For example, you can
+  import bookmarks from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other browsers, or
+  from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an
+  HTML file.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog that appears, choose whether you want to import bookmarks
+    from earlier versions of &brandShortName;, or from a bookmarks file on your
+    computer.</li>
+  <li>Click Continue.</li>
+  <li>If you have chosen to import bookmarks from an earlier version of
+    &brandShortName;, select the profile you want to import bookmarks from,
+    then click Continue. If you have chosen to import bookmarks from a
+    file, navigate to and select the bookmarks file you want to import, then
+    click Open.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The imported bookmarks are treated as a group of new bookmarks and added to
+  the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark
+  folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and
+  folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="add-ons">Add-ons</h2>
+
+<p>One of the most exciting ways to customize &brandShortName; is through the
+  addition of Add-ons. In this section, you will learn what Add-ons are, how
+  to install them, and how to use the Add-on Manager.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_add-ons">About Add-ons</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Using the Add-on Manager</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_add-ons">About Add-ons</h3>
+
+<p>An Add-on is a piece of software that can be added to &brandShortName; to
+  change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. It can also change
+  the language shown in the user interface. Add-ons can be classified in four
+  types:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Extensions</strong>: This type of Add-on either changes the way
+    &brandShortName; behaves or adds new features to it. For instance, there
+    are extensions that provide you with weather forecasts, that add a
+    full-featured FTP client, or that block advertisements in web pages. Some
+    extensions are designed to work only with specific websites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Themes</strong>: Themes change the appearance and design of
+    &brandShortName;, but don&apos;t add or change features. They act as a
+    skin. &brandShortName; ships with two themes, Default Theme and Modern
+    Theme, but you can add more to fit your style.</li>
+  <li><strong>Languages</strong>: While you can download &brandShortName; in
+    a number of languages, you may add additional languages to it in the form
+    of language packs. This way, different users may use &brandShortName; in
+    their own language without having to install the program for everyone.
+    This is specially useful if you are going to install &brandShortName; on a
+    computer that is shared by different users in, for example, a computer lab.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Language packs only change the user interface
+      language. Web pages, messages, newsgroup and news &amp; blog posts will
+      still be shown in the original language in which they were written.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Plugins</strong>: Plugins act as connectors between
+    &brandShortName; and other programs. They enable you to see special content
+    (like Flash movies, or Adobe PDF documents) directly inside the
+    &brandShortName; browser window, instead of opening the target program in a
+    separate window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Add-ons always come as packages. Each Add-on is a single file with the XPI
+  extension, except in the case of plugins which usually are binaries specific
+  to the target operating system.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</h3>
+
+<p>There are a number of ways to install Add-ons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>By clicking a link for an Add-on on a web page. This will trigger
+    a &brandShortName; dialog asking you to confirm or cancel the
+    installation, with the Install button disabled for some seconds in
+    order to avoid accidentally clicking it just as the dialog shows up.
+    
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: As an additonal security measure,
+      &brandShortName; only allows installing Add-ons from a list of permitted
+      websites in the <a
+      href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software
+      Installation preferences panel</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>By opening a previously saved Add-on package, just like you open a
+    regular file that you previously saved on your hard drive: Select Open file
+    from the File menu, or press <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd></span><span
+    class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd></span>+<kbd>O</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>By using the Get Add-ons panel in the Add-on Manager or clicking the
+    Install button in any of the panels in the Add-on Manager.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Plugins are usually installed as a separate program
+  while &brandShortName; is closed so both the external program and the
+  corresponding plugin for &brandShortName; get installed correctly.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_add-on_manager">Using the Add-on Manager</h3>
+
+<p>The Add-on Manager enables you to install and uninstall Add-ons, enable and
+  disable them and, in some cases, set preferences for them.</p>
+  
+<p id="accessing_the_add-on_manager">To access the Add-on Manager, follow any
+  of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, then select Add-on Manager.</li>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span
+    class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences, expand the Advanced
+    category and click Software Installation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#the_themes_panel">The Themes panel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Get Add-ons panel in the Add-on Manager uses web services provided by
+  the Mozilla Add-ons website to present a list of recommended Add-ons, as
+  well as giving you the option to search all available Mozilla Add-ons
+  directly from the Add-on Manager. After
+  <a href="#accessing_the_add-on_manager">accessing the Add-on Manager</a>,
+  click the Get Add-ons button to show the Get Add-ons panel. There, you can
+  perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To search for Add-ons based on name, description or tags, use the
+    Search box. Type a word or phrase and press <span
+    class="mac"><kbd>Return</kbd></span><span
+    class="noMac"><kbd>Enter</kbd></span>. You will get a list of matching
+    Add-ons. To clear the search box terms and the result list, click the
+    icon inside the search box.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Add-ons that are already installed or
+      incompatible with your current version of &brandShortName; will not be
+      displayed in the list of search results.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To open the Mozilla Add-ons website in a new browser window (or a new
+    browser tab, depending on your preferences), click Browse All Add-ons.</li>
+  <li>To get more information about one of the recommended Add-ons in the list
+    displayed by default, click the entry. The entry will expand, displaying
+    a larger image, a full description of the Add-on, and an indication of the
+    Add-on type (extension, theme, etc.). You will also be able to install the
+    Add-on by clicking the Add to &brandShortName; button inside the
+    expanded entry.</li>
+  <li>To display the full list of recommended Add-ons for &brandShortName; in a
+    new browser window (or a new browser tab, depending on your preferences),
+    scroll down the recommended Add-ons list until you see the See All
+    Recommended Add-ons link.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Extensions panel in the Add-on Manager lists the installed extensions.
+  After <a href="#accessing_the_add-on_manager">accessing the Add-on
+  Manager</a>, click the Extensions button to show the Extensions panel. There,
+  you can perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To get more information about any of the installed extensions, click the
+    entry in the list. The entry will expand and show the full description of
+    the extension.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Disabled extensions will appear greyed out.
+      Incompatible extensions will appear greyed out, since they are also
+      disabled, and with a forbidden sign over the extension icon (incompatible
+      extensions are those which define themselves as not compatible for the
+      version of &brandShortName; you are using).</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To access preferences of an extension (if the extension features a
+    preferences panel), click the entry corresponding to the desired extension,
+    then click the Preferences button.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the extension does not feature a preferences
+      panel, the Preferences button will be disabled. You can&apos;t access
+      preferences of disabled or incompatible extensions.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To disable an extension, click the entry corresponding to the desired
+    extension, then click the Disable button. An info bar will appear to remind
+    you that changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar
+    features a Restart &brandShortName; button.</li>
+  <li>To enable an extension, click the entry corresponding to the desired
+    extension, then click the Enable button. An info bar will appear to remind
+    you that changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar
+    features a Restart &brandShortName; button.</li>
+  <li>To uninstall an extension, click the entry corresponding to the
+    desired extension, then click the Uninstall button. An info bar will
+    appear to remind you that changes will apply once you restart
+    &brandShortName;. The info bar features a Restart &brandShortName;
+    button.</li>
+  <li>To find updates for any extension in the list (including those marked as
+    incompatible), click the Find Updates button at the bottom of the
+    Add-on Manager.
+
+    <p>If updates are found, they will be displayed in a new panel. In the
+      panel, you can choose what extensions you want to update and then use the
+      Install Updates button to retrieve updated Add-ons. Once downloaded, you
+      will need to restart &brandShortName; to apply the updates.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_themes_panel">The Themes panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Themes panel in the Add-on Manager lists the installed themes. After
+  <a href="#accessing_the_add-on_manager">accessing the Add-on Manager</a>,
+  click the Themes button to show the Themes panel. There, you can perform the
+  following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To get more information and a preview on any of the installed themes,
+    click an entry in the list. The entry will expand and show the full
+    description of the theme, along with a preview in the right side of the
+    Add-on Manager dialog (you may need to resize the dialog to properly see
+    the preview pane).</li>
+  <li>To use a theme, click the entry corresponding to the desired theme, then
+    click the Use Theme button. An info bar will appear to remind you that
+    changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features
+    a Restart &brandShortName; button.
+    
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Contrary to extensions, you only can use one
+    theme at a time.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To uninstall a theme, click the entry corresponding to the desired theme,
+    then click the Uninstall button. An info bar will appear to remind
+    you that changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar
+    features a Restart &brandShortName; button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Languages panel in the Add-on Manager lists the installed Language
+  Packs. This panel only appears if you have installed a Language Pack.</p>
+
+<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-on_manager">accessing the Add-on
+  Manager</a>, click the Languages button to show the Languages panel. There,
+  you can perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To disable a language pack, click the entry corresponding to the desired
+    language pack, then click the Disable button. An info bar will appear to
+    remind you that changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The
+    info bar features a Restart &brandShortName; button.</li>
+  <li>To enable a language pack, click the entry corresponding to the desired
+    language pack, then click the Enable button. An info bar will appear to
+    remind you that changes will apply once you restart &brandShortName;. The
+    info bar features a Restart &brandShortName; button.</li>
+  <li>To uninstall a language pack, click the entry corresponding to the
+    desired language pack, then click the Uninstall button. An info bar will
+    appear to remind you that changes will apply once you restart
+    &brandShortName;. The info bar features a Restart &brandShortName;
+    button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Enabling a language pack in the Language panel
+  doesn&apos;t change the language shown in &brandShortName;&apos;s user
+  interface, it only makes the language available for selection in the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+  panel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Plugins panel in the Add-on Manager lists the installed Add-ons of type
+  Plugin. After <a href="#accessing_the_add-on_manager">accessing the Add-on
+  Manager</a>, click the Plugins button to show the Plugins panel. There, you
+  can perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To disable a plugin, click the entry corresponding to the desired plugin,
+    then click the Disable button.</li>
+  <li>To enable a plugin, click the entry corresponding to the desired plugin,
+    then click the Enable button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Contrary to other types of Add-ons, enabling and
+  disabling plugins doesn&apos;t require restarting &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName;
+  Starts Up</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#session_restore">Session Restore</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which
+      Components Open at Launch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a
+    blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open
+    automatically when you launch your browser. Alternatively you can
+    tell &brandShortName; to restore the previous session, i.e. the
+    windows and tabs you had open when you last exited &brandShortName;.
+  <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="session_restore">Session Restore</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; periodically saves your browsing session (open windows
+  and tabs, including form data) to disk. When you start &brandShortName; with
+  Session Restore enabled, the windows and tabs from your previous session
+  will be restored. This is especially useful if your previous browsing session
+  ended unexpectedly (e.g. your computer crashed or a website you visited forced
+  &brandShortName; to terminate). &brandShortName; will automatically restore
+  the previous session if "Restore Previous Session" under "Display on Browser
+  Startup" has been selected. If you chose to not be warned when you close a
+  browser window with multiple tabs open (see <a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+  Browsing</a> preference panel), &brandShortName; will open a page from
+  where you can choose which windows/tabs from the previous session you want to
+  restore. The same will happen if &brandShortName; crashes repeatedly.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3>
+
+<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the
+  Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be
+  the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To specify your home page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+  <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Type your home page&apos;s URL (web address) in the Location
+        field.</li>
+      <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the
+        browser window your home page.</li>
+      <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer&apos;s hard
+        drive.</li>
+   </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark
+  icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png"
+  alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page
+  button on the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components
+  Open at Launch</h3>
+
+<p>You can choose components (such as Mail &amp; Newsgroups and Composer) to
+  launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+  <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f5f89da70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1>
+
+<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in
+  developing and debugging Web applications. Some of these are optional
+  installs. To access these tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web
+  Development.</p>
+
+<ul class="separate">
+  <li id="js_console">
+    <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems
+    with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in
+    Web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, 
+    CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can 
+    also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">
+    XUL</a> and JavaScript code.
+  </li>
+  <li id="inspector">
+    <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be
+    used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL
+    application.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM
+        Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM
+        Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li>
+      <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404).
+      <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest&apos;s
+        Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li>
+      -->
+      <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3:
+        <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The
+        DOM Inspector</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li id="venkman">
+    <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility
+    allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping,
+    breakpoints and many other features.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript
+        Debugger Homepage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning
+        the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging
+        JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development
+        Homepage</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11520a6f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve been using Microsoft&reg; Internet Explorer, you&apos;ll find
+  that it&apos;s easy to begin using &brandShortName; for
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>,
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much
+  more.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+      and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+  and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Internet Explorer</th>
+      <th>&brandShortName;</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody class="tbody-default">
+    <tr>
+      <td>Internet Options</td>
+      <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Temporary Internet Files</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Favorites</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Address Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Refresh</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Links Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Copy Shortcut</td>
+      <td>Copy Link Location</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2>
+
+<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the
+  Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p>
+
+<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+    Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for
+    each website you want to visit, you can open multiple websites within the
+    same window and tab between them. You can also
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as
+    your home page</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window
+    Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder
+    windows.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>:
+    Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such
+    as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other
+    options.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile
+    Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own
+    bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you
+    must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or
+    if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets
+    you view detailed information about each cookie and remove cookies you
+    don&apos;t want to be stored on your computer. You can also control which
+    websites are allowed to store cookies on your computer.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image
+    Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites,
+    or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the
+    amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2>
+
+<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you
+  quick access to several useful features:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups</a></strong>: Conveniently manage all your Internet
+    communications. You can set up and maintain multiple  business and personal
+    mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one window. You can
+    <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a>
+    mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books">Address
+    Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or
+    <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a>
+    contact information from other popular mail programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>:
+    Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page
+    editor.</li>
+  <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with
+    other people over IRC networks.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName;
+  share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see
+  the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard
+  Shortcuts</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b68018c921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Glossary</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only,
+  and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description
+  of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of
+  the technologies described.</div>
+
+<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1>
+
+<dl>
+
+<dt id="add-on">add-on</dt><dd>A piece of software that can be added to
+  &brandShortName; to change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features.
+  It can also change the language shown in the user interface. See also
+  <a href="#extension">extension</a>, <a href="#language_pack">language
+  pack</a>, <a href="#plugin">plugin</a>, and <a href="#theme">theme</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password,
+  certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to
+  validate an identity over a computer network. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a>
+  address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a
+  bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or
+  choosing the bookmark&apos;s name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a></dd>
+
+<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that
+  identifies a certificate authority. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>,
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored
+  on your computer&apos;s hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The
+  browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link
+  or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the
+  cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the
+  original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy
+  rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download
+  time.</dd>
+
+<dt id="caret_browsing">caret browsing</dt><dd>A &brandShortName; feature that
+  allows you to navigate through text in Web pages and e-mail messages (or this
+  Help window) with a caret. Using your keyboard, you can navigate and select
+  text like you do in a text editor. You can turn caret browsing mode on or off
+  by pressing the <kbd>F7</kbd> key. Caret browsing mode can also be enabled or
+  disabled in Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card.
+  A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity
+  and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate,
+  belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the
+  digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key
+  that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is
+  issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a>. A certificate&apos;s validity can be verified by checking
+  the CA&apos;s <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called
+  digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and
+  security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service
+  that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or
+  entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes
+  certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular
+  intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using
+  certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate
+  Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>,
+  <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A
+  password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have
+  previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when
+  you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a
+  certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and
+  public-key cryptography. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of
+  certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate
+  identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+  can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a
+  <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd>
+  A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of
+  the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to
+  the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change,
+  even by a single character, the function produces a different number.
+  Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates
+  have not been tampered with.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage
+  certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage
+  Certificates.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of
+  renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to
+  expire.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a
+  certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose
+  own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as
+  trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the
+  certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally,
+  if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been
+  activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by
+  looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or
+  in the browser&apos;s Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail,
+  Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won&apos;t
+  recognize the identity it certifies.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends
+  requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client
+  software runs is also described as a client.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  for example with a name and password or with a
+  <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some
+  digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure
+  Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate
+  that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client
+  (or the identity of the person using the client) using the
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom
+  left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch
+  between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser,
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your
+  computer by some <a href="#web_site">websites</a>. When you visit such a
+  website, the website asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your
+  hard disk. Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends the
+  website the cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of
+  information about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set
+  your cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much
+  information you are willing to let websites store on them. See also
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser
+  that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked
+  certificates that is generated and signed by a
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can
+  download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it
+  to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use
+  for authentication.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of
+  rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and
+  <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a
+  <em>cipher.</em></dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling
+  (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example,
+  cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information
+  flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that
+  has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd>
+  See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both
+  the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique
+  for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes
+  the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital
+  signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you
+  approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data
+  has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has
+  nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used
+  for similar legal purposes. See also
+  <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>,
+  <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially
+  formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key
+  pairs&mdash;four keys altogether&mdash;corresponding to two separate
+  certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and
+  the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and
+  decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of
+  information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not
+  intended.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in
+  a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between
+  computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or
+  <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted
+  information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate
+  key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for
+  encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations.
+  See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>,
+  <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for
+  encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a
+  <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key,
+  constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="extension">extension</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a>
+  that changes the behavior of &brandShortName; or adds new features to
+  it.</dd>
+
+<dt id="feed">feed</dt><dd>A frequently updated source of references to web
+  pages, usually blog articles or news. Technically it is an XML document
+  available through a public well-known URL, comprising of several items inside,
+  each one containing some metadata (possibly including a summary) and an URL
+  to the full blog or news article. The XML document is regenerated at fixed
+  intervals, or whenever a new article is published to the website. Web
+  applications can subscribe to the URL serving the feed and present the new
+  articles as they are updated in the underlying XML document. There are
+  specific XML formats for feeds, most common of which are
+  <a href="#rss">RSS</a> and Atom.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing
+  Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for
+  implementations of cryptographic modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software
+  that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations
+  (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the
+  US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd>
+
+<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>A <a href="#cookie">cookie</a>
+  from one website that gets stored on your computer when you visit a different
+  website. Sometimes a <a href="#web_site">website</a> displays content that is
+  hosted on another website. That content can be anything from an image to text
+  or an advertisement. The second website that hosts such elements also has the
+  ability to store a cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit
+  it directly. Also known as <q>third-party cookie</q>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>
+  contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A
+  standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another
+  over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is
+  used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A
+  <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation
+  directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally).
+  Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are
+  considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don&apos;t
+  install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the
+  download dialog box.</dd>
+
+<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display
+  every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to
+  refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of
+  the website.</dd>
+
+<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used
+  for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the
+  text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web
+  page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to
+  transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between
+  browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure
+  version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the
+  privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route
+  over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail
+  server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to
+  them on the server rather than on your computer&apos;s hard disk. Using IMAP
+  rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access
+  your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from
+  any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than
+  using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only.
+  Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or
+  <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow
+  websites to gather information about you (for example by means of
+  <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose
+  to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website
+  provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the
+  information is actually gathered.</dd>
+
+<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers
+  that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as
+  <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in
+  1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and,
+  in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals.
+  Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging,
+  usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address
+  of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on
+  the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address.
+  <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that
+  is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP
+  addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd>
+
+<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with
+  other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution
+  that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun
+  Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of
+  computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate
+  version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can
+  automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd>
+
+<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to
+  construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to
+  make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons.
+  JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a
+  separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work
+  correctly.</dd>
+
+<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or
+  decrypt data. A person&apos;s public key, for example, allows other people to
+  encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted
+  with the corresponding private key. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="language_pack">language pack</dt><dd>A type of
+  <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that adds a new language to the user interface
+  of &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard
+  protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books,
+  across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP
+  directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd>
+
+<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons)
+  near the top of a browser window where you can type a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt
+  information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a>
+  uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by
+  Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to
+  access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use
+  one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to
+  access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to
+  your personal information. You can set or change your master password from
+  the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a
+  separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>,
+  <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity
+  as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might
+  pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a website that takes
+  credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also
+  <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top
+  of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd>
+
+<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of
+  a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature
+  provides one form of nonrepudiation. A
+  <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd>
+
+<dt id="notification_bar">notification bar</dt><dd>A bar that appears at the
+  top of the content area to inform you about something that needs your
+  attention, e.g. when the Password Manager can save a password for you, a
+  popup has been blocked or an additional plugin is required.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows
+  software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of
+  file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by
+  signed code to local system resources.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as
+  code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules
+  that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to
+  perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s validity each time the
+  certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a
+  list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer
+  must be online for OCSP to work.</dd>
+
+<dt id="opml">OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language)</dt><dd>An XML format
+  used to list <a href="#feed">feed</a> collections. Although broader in its
+  specification, it is mainly used nowadays to export and import feed
+  collections between different feed aggregators or readers, like
+  &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and
+  password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the
+  browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by
+  storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering them for you
+  automatically when you visit such websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar
+  that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It
+  contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add
+  or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders
+  containing groups of bookmarks.</dd>
+
+<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in
+  which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims&apos;
+  personal information.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that
+  governs security devices such as smart cards. See also
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart
+  card</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer
+  that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using
+  the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>,
+  <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>,
+  PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11
+  module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some
+  form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in
+  software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>),
+  which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services
+  and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install
+  additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other
+  hardware devices.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services
+  that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a
+  networked environment.</dd>
+
+<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of
+  <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new
+  capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video
+  clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser
+  installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself
+  (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on
+  a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash
+  Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol
+  that requires you to download new messages to your local
+  computer&mdash;although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With
+  POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom
+  folders, on one computer only. By contrast,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages
+  and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any
+  computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of
+  <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is
+  kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the
+  corresponding public key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that
+  acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of
+  other clients.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd>
+  One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography.
+  The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data
+  sent to the public key&apos;s owner, who then decrypts the data with the
+  corresponding private key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of
+  well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a
+  person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity
+  electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved:
+  a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private
+  key</a>. The public key is published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a
+  particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data
+  encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key.
+  </dd>
+
+<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a
+  self-signed certificate at the top of a
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="rss">RSS (Really Simple Syndication)</dt><dd>An <a href="#xml">XML</a>
+  data format for web <a href="#feed">feeds</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows
+  users to search for and retrieve specific information from the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may
+  search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use
+  librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval.
+  Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a
+  search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd>
+
+<dt id="secure_authentication">secure authentication</dt><dd>A type of
+  <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> which uses a
+  <a href="#secure_connection">secure connection</a> so the communication
+  between client and server is encrypted.</dd>
+
+<dt id="secure_connection">secure connection</dt><dd>A connection between a
+  client and a server which uses some type of encryption (usually,
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL</a>) to ensure it can&apos;t be intercepted by
+  third-parties. Most of the time, the server is the one providing the
+  certificate to identify itself.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that
+  provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can
+  store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one
+  example of a security device implemented in hardware.
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own
+  built-in security device, called the
+  <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is
+  always available while the browser is running. Each security device is
+  protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web
+  pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different
+  computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a
+  server.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a>
+  by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server&apos;s identity using
+  the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose
+  corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign
+  transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender.
+  Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be
+  used to sign email messages at the same time as an
+  <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be
+  used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key
+  pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only.
+  A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an
+  <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key,
+  constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software,
+  that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and
+  designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size
+  of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing
+  cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing
+  cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a>
+  standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that
+  sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a>
+  server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network
+  so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys
+  associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software
+  security device stores the master key used by
+  <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master
+  key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example,
+  a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or
+  a computer can identify itself as a website called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt>
+  when it is not. Spoofing is one form of
+  <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual
+  authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated
+  and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and
+  below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols.
+  The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport
+  Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also
+  <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="starttls">STARTTLS</dt><dd>An extension to common standard TCP
+  protocols (like SMTP, POP or IMAP) so the client can tell the server to
+  use <a href="#tls">TLS</a> on the same TCP port as for non-secure
+  connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom
+  of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the
+  <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on
+  the right.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization,
+  or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In
+  particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified
+  entity&apos;s <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other
+  characteristics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely
+  describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose
+  certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method
+  that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given
+  message.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that
+  data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that
+  the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same
+  data.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
+  Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety
+  of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become
+  a global standard.</dd>
+
+<dt id="theme">theme</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that changes
+  the appearance of &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the new Internet
+  Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard based on SSL (Secure Sockets Layer).
+  See also <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> and
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when
+  you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains
+  information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd>
+
+<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In
+  the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust
+  usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued
+  the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a
+  CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless
+  you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use
+  the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of
+  certificates you do or don&apos;t trust specific CAs to issue.</dd>
+
+<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address
+  that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web.
+  For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the
+  browser&apos;s <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access
+  <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web
+  pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet
+  address or Web address.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that
+  is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may
+  contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_site">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by
+  hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A
+  website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to
+  other websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A
+  portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages
+  stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by
+  <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as
+  &brandShortName;).</dd>
+
+<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet
+  protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface
+  with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for
+  describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of
+  a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C
+  document
+  <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A
+  language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into
+  some other format.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language
+  for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69a23d3618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<!--  HELP Glossary SECTION -->
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="add-on" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#add-on"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="caret browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="extension" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#extension"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="feed" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="language pack" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#language_pack"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="notification bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#notification_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OPML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="RSS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#rss"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure connection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="STARTTLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#starttls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="theme" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#theme"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2614363066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,2281 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings"
+         nc:name="Account Settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding"
+         nc:name="adding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons"
+         nc:name="add-ons"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books"
+         nc:name="address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages"
+         nc:name="attaching files to messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#adding">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages"
+         nc:name="inserting images to web pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:blog_account"
+         nc:name="creating a new blog account"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account"
+         nc:name="creating a new mail account"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account"
+         nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements"
+         nc:name="inserting table elements"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#address_books">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries"
+         nc:name="adding address book entries"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a new address book"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists"
+         nc:name="creating mailing lists"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting"
+         nc:name="exporting address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing"
+         nc:name="importing address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories"
+         nc:name="LDAP directories"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching"
+         nc:name="searching your address book"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#add-ons">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:about"
+         nc:name="about"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:installing"
+         nc:name="installing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:manager"
+         nc:name="Add-ons Manager"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#add-ons:manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:get_add-ons"
+         nc:name="Get Add-ons Panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_get_add-ons_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:extensions_panel"
+         nc:name="Extensions Panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:themes_panel"
+         nc:name="Themes Panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_themes_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:languages_panel"
+         nc:name="Languages Panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:plugins_panel"
+         nc:name="Plugins Panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates"
+         nc:name="backing up certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks"
+         nc:name="bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser"
+         nc:name="browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously"
+         nc:name="browsing anonymously"
+          nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="changing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="creating bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="exporting bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="organizing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="searching bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="using bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting"
+         nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="what are bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#browser">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page"
+         nc:name="changing your home page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups"
+         nc:name="controlling popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode"
+         nc:name="Full screen mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages"
+         nc:name="opening pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences"
+         nc:name="Browser Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page"
+         nc:name="start page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:session_restore"
+         nc:name="session restore"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:crash_recovery"
+         nc:name="crash recovery"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components"
+         nc:name="start up components"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache"
+         nc:name="cache"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="caret_browsing"
+         nc:name="caret browsing"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates"
+         nc:name="Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager"
+         nc:name="Cookie Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages"
+         nc:name="copy"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Customizing"
+         nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cache">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings"
+         nc:name="changing cache settings"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Certificates">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority"
+         nc:name="certificate authority"
+          nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting"
+         nc:name="getting certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences"
+         nc:name="Certificate Preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication"
+         nc:name="Selecting for client authentication"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:server"
+         nc:name="server identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using"
+         nc:name="Using Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation"
+         nc:name="certificate validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:web_site"
+         nc:name="website identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own"
+         nc:name="Your own identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Composer">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables"
+         nc:name="adding tables"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor"
+         nc:name="Advanced Property Editor"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color"
+         nc:name="changing text color"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font"
+         nc:name="changing text font"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html"
+         nc:name="checking html"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links"
+         nc:name="creating links"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages"
+         nc:name="creating new pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties"
+         nc:name="editing image properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes"
+         nc:name="editing modes"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text"
+         nc:name="finding replacing text"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists"
+         nc:name="formatting lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs"
+         nc:name="formatting paragraphs"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general preferences"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines"
+         nc:name="inserting horizontal lines"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images"
+         nc:name="inserting images"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles"
+         nc:name="removing text styles"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages"
+         nc:name="saving pages in composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors"
+         nc:name="setting page colors"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties"
+         nc:name="setting page properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters"
+         nc:name="special characters"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists"
+         nc:name="working with lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by"
+         nc:name="stored cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using"
+         nc:name="using cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cookies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about"
+         nc:name="about cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign"
+         nc:name="foreign cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site"
+         nc:name="managing cookies per website"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences"
+         nc:name="cookie preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing"
+         nc:name="removing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing"
+         nc:name="viewing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#CRLs">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:about"
+         nc:name="about CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:auto_upates_for"
+         nc:name="CRL auto update"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:managing"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:Next_Update_date"
+         nc:name="Next Update date"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:preferences"
+         nc:name="CRL preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="default_account"
+         nc:name="default account"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#set_as_default"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="device_manager"
+         nc:name="Device Manager"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector"
+         nc:name="DOM Inspector"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="download manager preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses"
+         nc:name="e-mail addresses"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption"
+         nc:name="encryption"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole"
+         nc:name="error console"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="extensions_panel"
+         nc:name="extensions panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and"
+         nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="e-mail address in messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#encryption">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about"
+         nc:name="about encryption and signing"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages"
+         nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information"
+         nc:name="storing sensitive information"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email"
+         nc:name="encryption settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page"
+         nc:name="security of a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="feeds"
+         nc:name="Feeds"
+         nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="file_types"
+         nc:name="file types"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages"
+         nc:name="Filing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Links As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Text As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode"
+         nc:name="FIPS mode"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer"
+         nc:name="Font changing in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#feeds">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="feeds:subscribing"
+         nc:name="subscribing to a feed"
+         nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="feeds:reading"
+         nc:name="Reading a feed"
+         nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="feeds:exporting_importing"
+         nc:name="exporting and importing feeds"
+         nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="GIF"
+         nc:name="GIF, inserting"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML"
+         nc:name="HTML"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking"
+         nc:name="HTTP Networking"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#HTML">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer"
+         nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images"
+         nc:name="images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP"
+         nc:name="IMAP"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import"
+         nc:name="import"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and images"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:managing"
+         nc:name="managing images"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#IMAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about"
+         nc:name="about IMAP"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings"
+         nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="IMAP server settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#import">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book"
+         nc:name="import address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list"
+         nc:name="import bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates"
+         nc:name="import certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:crls"
+         nc:name="import CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:feeds"
+         nc:name="import feeds"
+         nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:mail"
+         nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="java"
+         nc:name="Java"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Venkman"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Debugger"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keywords"
+         nc:name="keywords"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general"
+         nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help"
+         nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages"
+         nc:name="languages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages_panel"
+         nc:name="languages panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP"
+         nc:name="LDAP"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon"
+         nc:name="lock icon"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#languages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content"
+         nc:name="language and international content"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences"
+         nc:name="User interface languages"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#LDAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book"
+         nc:name="adding directories to address book"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings"
+         nc:name="directory server settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings"
+         nc:name="LDAP settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mail"
+         nc:name="mail security settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel"
+         nc:name="mouse wheel"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard"
+         nc:name="Account Setup Wizard"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts"
+         nc:name="adding accounts"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion"
+         nc:name="address autocompletion"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages"
+         nc:name="addressing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences"
+         nc:name="addressing preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings"
+         nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files"
+         nc:name="attaching files"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings"
+         nc:name="changing account settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding"
+         nc:name="Character Encoding"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window"
+         nc:name="Compose window"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages"
+         nc:name="composing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings"
+         nc:name="copies and folder settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders"
+         nc:name="copying folders"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters"
+         nc:name="creating filters"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders"
+         nc:name="creating folders"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="creating HTML mail messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:disk_space_and_storage_settings"
+         nc:name="disk space and storage settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages"
+         nc:name="filing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages"
+         nc:name="forwarding messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general mail preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages"
+         nc:name="getting new messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients"
+         nc:name="HTML mail recipients"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options"
+         nc:name="HTML mail sending options"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source"
+         nc:name="HTML Message Source"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings"
+         nc:name="identity settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout"
+         nc:name="mail window layout"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching"
+         nc:name="message searching"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:network_preferences"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Network preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:offline_synchronization_settings"
+         nc:name="offline synchronization settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings"
+         nc:name="POP settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders"
+         nc:name="renaming folders"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages"
+         nc:name="replying to messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments"
+         nc:name="saving attachments"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts"
+         nc:name="saving messages drafts"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages"
+         nc:name="sending messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options"
+         nc:name="sending options"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages"
+         nc:name="sorting and threading messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books"
+         nc:name="using address books"
+         nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments"
+         nc:name="using attachments"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments"
+         nc:name="viewing attachments"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline"
+         nc:name="working offline"
+         nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#master_password">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing"
+         nc:name="Changing master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting"
+         nc:name="Forgetting your master password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences"
+         nc:name="Master Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout"
+         nc:name="Master Password Timeout"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="navigation"
+         nc:name="navigation"
+         nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started"
+         nc:name="getting started with newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings"
+         nc:name="newsgroup server settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="OSCP"
+         nc:name="OSCP"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline"
+         nc:name="Offline"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="OPML"
+         nc:name="OPML"
+         nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Offline">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="offline preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Offline Mail and News"
+         nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="page_info"
+         nc:name="page info"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager"
+         nc:name="Password Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="phishing"
+         nc:name="phishing"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="plugins"
+         nc:name="plugins"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="plugins_panel"
+         nc:name="plugins panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP"
+         nc:name="POP"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords"
+         nc:name="Passwords"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popups"
+         nc:name="popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences"
+         nc:name="preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="print"
+         nc:name="print"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles"
+         nc:name="profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages"
+         nc:name="publishing pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#password_manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords"
+         nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#passwords">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing"
+         nc:name="Choosing a Good Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically"
+         nc:name="Remembering Automatically"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password"
+         nc:name="Timeout for Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#POP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="POP server settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences"
+         nc:name="popup window preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance"
+         nc:name="appearance preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates"
+         nc:name="certificates preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors"
+         nc:name="colors preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content"
+         nc:name="content preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads"
+         nc:name="Downloads preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts"
+         nc:name="fonts preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper application preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history"
+         nc:name="history preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search"
+         nc:name="internet search preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages"
+         nc:name="languages preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Link_Behavior"
+         nc:name="Link Behavior preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords"
+         nc:name="passwords preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:validation"
+         nc:name="validation preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about"
+         nc:name="about privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and"
+         nc:name="cookies and privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address"
+         nc:name="IP address"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting"
+         nc:name="protecting your privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy"
+         nc:name="viewing website policy"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#profiles">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting"
+         nc:name="deleting a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing"
+         nc:name="managing profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming"
+         nc:name="renaming a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#proxies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences"
+         nc:name="proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting"
+         nc:name="setting proxy values"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings"
+         nc:name="publish page settings"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips"
+         nc:name="publish page tips"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password"
+         nc:name="resetting master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts"
+         nc:name="return receipts"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="return receipts preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using"
+         nc:name="using return receipts"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save"
+         nc:name="save"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security"
+         nc:name="security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices"
+         nc:name="security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings"
+         nc:name="settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules"
+         nc:name="security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search"
+         nc:name="search"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar"
+         nc:name="Sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages"
+         nc:name="signing e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards"
+         nc:name="smart cards"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP"
+         nc:name="SMTP"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="software_installation"
+         nc:name="software installation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#save">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode"
+         nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks"
+         nc:name="search bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences"
+         nc:name="search preferences"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message"
+         nc:name="checking security before sending message"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page"
+         nc:name="checking security for a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages"
+         nc:name="checking security for received messages"
+         nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_devices">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_modules">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#settings">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate"
+         nc:name="certificate settings"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail"
+         nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL settings"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:validation"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs"
+         nc:name="adding sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description"
+         nc:name="what is Sidebar?"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing"
+         nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs"
+         nc:name="removing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories"
+         nc:name="search categories"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from"
+         nc:name="searching from Sidebar"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs"
+         nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SMTP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different"
+         nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP server settings"
+         nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SSL">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols"
+         nc:name="SSL protocols"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation"
+         nc:name="Tab Key Navigation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags"
+         nc:name="Tags"
+         nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="themes"
+         nc:name="themes"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="themes_panel"
+         nc:name="themes panel"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_themes_panel"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar"
+         nc:name="toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs"
+         nc:name="bookmarking tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs"
+         nc:name="closing tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction"
+         nc:name="using tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs"
+         nc:name="moving tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs"
+         nc:name="opening tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up"
+         nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is"
+         nc:name="what is tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tags">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="tag preferences"
+         nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#toolbar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar"
+         nc:name="hiding a toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar"
+         nc:name="navigation toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar"
+         nc:name="personal toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages"
+         nc:name="uploading pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation"
+         nc:name="validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:about"
+         nc:name="about validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:auto_updating_CRLs"
+         nc:name="auto updating CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:managing_CRLs"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP"
+         nc:name="OCSP"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages"
+         nc:name="web pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline"
+         nc:name="Working Offline"
+         nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying"
+         nc:name="copying web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts"
+         nc:name="customizing fonts"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within"
+         nc:name="finding text within a web page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history"
+         nc:name="web page history"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating"
+         nc:name="navigating web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching"
+         nc:name="searching web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping"
+         nc:name="stopping"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22cae57917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d511b56cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers"
+  nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users"
+  nc:link="forieusers.xhtml">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+    <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="terms"
+        nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="favorites"
+        nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="key-features"
+        nc:name="Browser Features"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="more-features"
+        nc:name="Other Features"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts"
+        nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+    </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+  </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+    <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default"
+        nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser"
+        nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+    </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+  </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:default"
+         nc:name="default browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+       </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"
+         nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help"
+	 nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ieusers">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences"
+         nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites"
+         nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software"
+         nc:name="Other Features"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts"
+         nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4442c3601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css");
+
+body {
+	margin: 2ex;
+	font-family: sans-serif;
+	font-size: 0.75em;
+	max-width: 120ex;
+}
+
+dd { -moz-margin-start: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; }
+dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; }
+tt { font-size: 10pt; }
+
+:link:hover,
+:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; }
+
+h1 { font-size: 20pt; }
+h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; }
+h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; }
+
+kbd { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey;
+  width: 100%; }
+
+.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; }
+
+.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff;
+  border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; }
+
+.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) {
+  background-color: #eeeeee;
+}
+
+.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; }
+
+.commandColumn { width: 40%; }
+.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; }
+
+p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; }
+
+.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+
+.contentsBox {
+	margin-top: 12px;
+	background-color: #cccccc;
+	border: 1px solid black;
+	width: 300px;
+	padding: 1em;
+}
+
+.contentsBox > ul {
+	list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after {
+	content: url("images/web-links.png");
+}
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cb475a3d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using the Help Window</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in
+  which this text and the sidebar on the left are displayed).</p>
+
+<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed
+  in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support
+  Center</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Main topics are listed in the left sidebar. Click a topic to read about
+    it. To see its subtopics, double-click or click the plus-sign/triangle to
+    the left.</li>
+  <li>Type a word or phrase in the search field to display a list of related
+    topics.<br/>
+    If your search doesn&apos;t return anything, try typing fewer words or a
+    different combination of words.
+  </li>
+  <li>To search inside a page, use the <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>F</kbd> shortcut. Enter the word or phrase
+    you would like to find into the text field of the bar that will open at the
+    bottom and press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>,
+    or use the <q>Next</q> and <q>Previous</q> buttons to find the next match in
+    the chosen direction. Use <q>Highlight all</q> to highlight your search
+    phrase within the whole page. If you want to do a case-sensitive search,
+    check the <q>Match case</q> box.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click
+  links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2>
+
+<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of
+  the Help window:</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously
+    visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName;
+    window.</li>
+  <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have
+    previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main
+    &brandShortName; window.</li>
+  <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes
+    links to support options and web-based resources.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To print the whole page that&apos;s currently displayed in the Help
+    window, click the Print button near the top-right corner of the Help
+    window:
+
+    <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the
+    area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2>
+
+<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a help
+  button.</p>
+
+<p>Click any help button to see detailed information about the window in
+  which it appears.</p>
+
+<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t find what you want in your search, here are a few helpful
+  tips:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to
+    &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li>
+  <li>Try to broaden your search&mdash;don&apos;t be too specific; terms
+    could be worded differently than your search.</li>
+  <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your
+    search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too
+    many hits.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b401120e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0c46300df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8457a591b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b3cb63189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4788c78474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b28ccf061f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73b523d02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5236e7f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a40004b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1c385cc5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32de2f4c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d10c0b214f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34c64a5d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..763503f8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e385cc4792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8e2a49873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48d43202d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..060c82adc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37baf810ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2721565883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b32f903850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6756ead790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63943a78b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c23aca63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29e32aeb44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..945dd4fed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0b9af9091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fe0dddedf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60a8126325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce912d26d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..170b581362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4f73645e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd7913734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08474d4569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies
+  settings to all accounts, the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings
+  dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or
+    change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies &amp; Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization &amp; Storage</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Account
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as
+  your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already
+  viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings
+    panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li>
+  <li>For any type of account but Blogs &amp; News Feeds:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to
+        address (only if different from your email address), and organization
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to
+        all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use
+        HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., &lt;b&gt;bold&lt;/b&gt;
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you
+        choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image
+        format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides
+        any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the
+        signature file (optional).
+
+        <p>More signature options are located in
+          <a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your
+        vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to
+        edit the card information (optional).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>For Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this
+        checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs
+        &amp; news messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed
+        checks. You can also check for new blogs &amp; news messages at any time
+        by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the
+        web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName;
+        to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed)
+        instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is
+        slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the
+        article content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder
+        whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions
+        dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs
+        &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="server_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Server
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups can work with two types of mail
+  servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet
+  service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet
+  service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you
+  choose which one to use.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet
+      Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office
+      Protocol (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access
+  Protocol (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on
+  your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an
+  updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations.
+  Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message
+  headers only.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local
+  computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the
+  messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are
+  deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages
+  might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn&apos;t work as well
+  as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can&apos;t access all mail
+  folders from multiple locations.</p>
+
+<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only
+  the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these
+  features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server
+    settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong>
+        if your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are
+    unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>:
+    Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this
+    folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended
+    unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system
+    administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed
+    only when you compact folders.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted
+    messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail &amp; Newsgroups. Choose this
+    if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever
+    you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server
+    (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the
+    <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a>
+    through this button.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by
+  the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box,
+  contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin
+  from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li>
+  <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set
+    additional IMAP options, such as:
+    <ul>
+      <li>the IMAP server directory path</li>
+      <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li>
+      <li>support for subfolders</li>
+      <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this
+        directory</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+  and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If
+    you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP
+    server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong>
+        if your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5 and APOP. If you
+    are unsure if your server supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups doesn&apos;t download the new messages until you
+    click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this
+    setting if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately
+    each time it checks the server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to
+    only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new
+    mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q>
+    command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about
+    your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a
+    copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your
+    computer.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server automatically after the number of days you
+        enter here.</li>
+      <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server once you delete them.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the
+    Trash folder whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be
+    put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not
+  already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your
+    newsgroup server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified
+    when you created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from
+    this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator
+    that the server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose &quot;SSL/TLS&quot; if your
+    news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or
+    &quot;None&quot; if it doesn&apos;t support it. If you are unsure, contact
+    your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>:
+    Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a
+    limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this
+    server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in,
+    but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you
+    are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to
+    authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server
+    doesn&apos;t ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li>
+  <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly
+    displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about
+    the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read
+    in each newsgroup.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+    select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+    default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it&apos;s
+    likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME
+    charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international
+    newsgroups.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies
+  &amp; Folders</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for
+  storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing message drafts and message
+  templates, and where to move archived messages.</p>
+
+<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups stores copies of your
+  outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the
+  Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived
+  messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies &amp; Folders, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account, and click Copies &amp; Folders. You see the Copies
+    &amp; Folders panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of
+    your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By
+    default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>&quot;Sent&quot; Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder
+        of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+      <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or
+        the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+      <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied
+        to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies
+        in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message,
+        the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than
+        following the selections made above.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+    always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address.
+    If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address
+    to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+  <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+    always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the
+    address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just
+    add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message
+    drafts. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Drafts folder for the
+    current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the
+    Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder
+    for storing drafts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived
+    messages to. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Archives folder for
+    the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or
+    the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and
+    folder for archiving messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store
+    message templates. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Templates
+    folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different
+    account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any
+    account and folder for storing templates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose
+    this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a confirmation
+    dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a
+    dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you
+    where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups is saving the draft or
+    template.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies,
+  and how a signature you defined is included.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as
+    the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item
+    unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can
+    include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page.
+    However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally,
+      you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply
+      button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: 
+    Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the 
+    drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above
+    the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically
+    selected.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you
+        choose where you want your signature to be placed. It&apos;s only
+        applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a
+        signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message.
+    The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature
+    placement.</li>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message.
+    The signature is placed according to your reply settings when
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings
+  specified for all <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in
+  the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if
+  necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when
+  you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select
+    this if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically complete
+    addresses you type with the domain from your account&apos;s address.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>:
+    This is the default. Select this if you don&apos;t want to override the
+    global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then
+    choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different
+    LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If
+    necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server
+    settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more
+    information, see <a
+    href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+    and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates
+  when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for
+  whom you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings -
+  Synchronization &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>Synchronization &amp; Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set
+  up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the
+  Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP,
+  or News) associated with the account.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings
+      (Blogs)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences
+  for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for an IMAP
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select
+    this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you
+    are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders
+    created or subscribed to.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the
+    folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for
+      an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em>
+      whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>:
+    When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em>
+    messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless
+    a size limit is specified.</li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of
+    messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years)
+    are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the
+    offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server,
+    only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this
+    option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being
+    downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing
+    this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been
+    downloaded.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section
+  describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has
+  the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space
+  preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space
+  preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global
+      Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from blogs &amp; news feeds accounts are only stored in your local
+  machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether
+  your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are
+  options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a
+  blogs &amp; news feeds account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk
+  space:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to
+    keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very
+    high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and
+    could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the
+    maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number
+    of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to
+    save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (News)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a
+  News account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for a News account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the
+    newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify
+  which messages you don&apos;t want to download locally:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download
+    message bodies from messages you haven&apos;t already read.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to
+    only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter
+    here.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You
+  can configure this process with the options listed below
+  <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently
+  deleted</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never
+    delete messages automatically based on their age.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the
+    number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these
+    messages are deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>:
+    Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to
+  delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with
+  the option to keep all messages.</p> 
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny
+    &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>:
+    Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that
+    are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only).
+    Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder
+  Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or
+  messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to
+  <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk
+  Settings</h2>
+  
+<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings
+  for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a>.</p>
+  
+<ul>  
+  <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>:
+    Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li>
+  <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address
+    book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down
+    box]</strong>:
+    Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently
+    classified as junk mail.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter
+    like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to
+    trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>:
+    Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a
+    special folder.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use
+        the default Junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own
+        custom-named junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from
+        this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as
+        junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete
+        old junk messages after a grace period.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for
+  outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt
+  settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts.
+  These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this
+    account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt
+    preferences specified by <a
+    href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you
+    change the return receipt preferences for this account.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return
+        receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all
+        outgoing messages from this mail account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt
+        confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a
+          filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation
+          messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and
+          using filters, see <a
+          href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+          Message Filters</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return
+        receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for
+        this account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if
+        you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for
+        return receipts from others.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how
+        you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you
+  must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see
+  <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+  Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings is to select two certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send
+    to other people.</li>
+  <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt
+    messages they send to you.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Depending on the policies of the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both
+  purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must
+  specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p>
+
+<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you
+  send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital
+  signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p>
+
+<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security
+  panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you
+    send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you
+    want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate
+    must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is
+  selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual
+  message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in
+  the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of
+  the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For
+  details, see <a
+  href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to
+  specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt &amp; decrypt messages sent to
+    you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use
+    encryption, or only occasionally.</li>
+  <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use
+    encryption. If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the
+    message won&apos;t be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for
+    that message only.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind
+  before you send an individual message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the
+  Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the
+  window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a
+  href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="local_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Local
+  Folders</h2>
+
+<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send
+  while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local
+  Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on
+  your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you
+  want to keep.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders
+    account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing
+  Server (SMTP)</h2>
+
+<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended
+  recipients.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click on any Mail window.</li>
+  <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or
+      add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with
+      your ISP or system administrator)<br/>
+      You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in
+      the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server
+    configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your
+    outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be
+    connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified
+    encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections
+    on a non-standard port.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use name and password</strong>: If your SMTP server requires
+    authentication to send mail, select this option and enter your user name.
+    The first time you send mail, you will be prompted for your password. At
+    that time you can instruct &brandShortName; to save your password for
+    future sessions.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are
+    unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection</strong>: There are two methods for
+    establishing a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your outgoing server. Pick the one your server supports
+    (if you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will
+    get an error message when sending mail).
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS, if available</strong>: &brandShortName; will try to
+        negotiate encryption using the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. If the server
+        doesn&apos;t support it, an unencrypted connection is used.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard SMTP port 25.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this
+        is 465.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c3e04de32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Address Books</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your
+      Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address
+      Book</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+      Card</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address
+      Books and Directories</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing
+      LDAP Directories</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you
+  typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides you with two address books:
+  the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses&mdash;and you can
+  create additional address books as well. You can also import address books
+  from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The
+  contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory,
+  which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores
+  email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored
+  address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an
+  industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory
+  services such as corporate address books.</p>
+
+<h4>Personal Address Book</h4>
+
+<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can
+  create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p>
+
+<h4>Collected Addresses</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email
+  addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing
+  messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p>
+
+<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4>
+
+<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email
+  addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books.
+  LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases
+  of email addresses, which is especially useful with
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic
+  address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q>
+    and choose whether you want:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Personal Address Book.</li>
+      <li>Collected Addresses.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4>
+
+<p>To open the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book
+    icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4>
+
+<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book
+    window.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the
+    following display options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide)
+        or check (show).</li>
+      <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names
+        displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li>
+      <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address
+  Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address
+  books:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a
+    message you&apos;ve received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q>
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book
+    card.</li>
+  <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient&apos;s address
+    to your address book (if enabled).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by
+    selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book
+    you want to copy them to.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides a default personal address
+  book, but you can create additional address books.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
+    You see the Address Book window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose
+    Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2>
+
+<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email
+  addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee
+  prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and
+    choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to
+    which you want to add a card.)</li>
+  <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information:
+        <ul>
+          <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to
+            appear in the address book).</li>
+          <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the
+            Compose window).</li>
+          <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li>
+          <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li>
+          <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this
+            recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that
+            include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient
+            can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then
+            choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not sure, choose
+            Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If
+            Mail &amp; Newsgroups still can&apos;t determine the correct
+            format, Mail &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending
+            format when you send the message.</li>
+          <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this
+            sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your
+            message window.</li>
+          <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li>
+          <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street
+        address, phone number, and URL.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information,
+          &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when
+          you view this entry&apos;s address book card in your address book.
+          Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map
+          to the address.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you
+        want.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any
+  email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the
+  drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly
+  address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you
+  want.</p>
+
+<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li>
+  <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book
+        in which to store the list.</li>
+      <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a
+        message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li>
+      <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li>
+      <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of
+        the Compose window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears
+  underneath the address book you added it to.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear
+    to the right of the mailing list name.</li>
+  <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click the Delete button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address
+  book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria
+  to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p>
+
+<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address,
+  begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the
+    address book or directory that you want to search.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email
+    address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email
+    address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the
+      search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3>
+
+<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are
+  not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from
+  the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced
+    Address Book Search dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through
+    which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to search for
+    entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria)
+    that you choose.</li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want
+    to sort by.</li>
+  <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click
+    Properties.</li>
+  <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries
+    and click Compose.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or
+  computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can
+  import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep
+  in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of
+  &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so
+  there&apos;s no need to import them.</p>
+
+<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook,
+  Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated
+  (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p>
+
+<p>You can also
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import
+  mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and
+  Outlook Express.</p>
+
+<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import
+    Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import
+  it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with
+  another program that can import address books. You can export an address
+  book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited
+  (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p>
+
+<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you
+    want to save the address book file.</li>
+  <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif,
+    comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li>
+  <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the
+    appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the
+  directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use
+  the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p>
+
+<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by
+  your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the
+  information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address
+  book.</p>
+
+<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You
+    see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog
+    box General tab:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for
+        example, InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+      <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server,
+        such as ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+      <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base
+        distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific
+        country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to
+        Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on
+        within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+        Corporation, c=US).</li>
+      <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP
+        server. The default is 389.</li>
+      <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+        authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP
+        server binds anonymously.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting
+        if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are
+        unsure, contact your system administrator.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting
+        lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the
+        directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches
+        to display for autocompletion.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one
+        of the following:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by
+            searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+          <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+            the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is
+            the least restrictive search.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to
+        matching results that are within the specified scope of the
+        search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address
+  Book window.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a directory:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click
+    Edit Directories.</li>
+  <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you
+    want to delete and click Delete.</li>
+  <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use
+  so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while
+  working offline, see
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example,
+    InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+  <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as
+    ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+  <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here
+    restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP
+    restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization
+    to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+    Corporation, c=US).</li>
+  <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server.
+    The default is 389.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+    authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server
+    binds anonymously.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your
+    LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure,
+    contact your system administrator.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets
+    you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory
+    server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for
+    autocompletion.</li>
+  <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+        the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+      <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the
+        base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least
+        restrictive search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to
+    matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d96199b4e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting
+  started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs
+      &amp; news feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing
+      to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp;
+      news feeds messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog
+      post</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing
+      feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using
+      different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs &amp; news
+  feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs &amp; News feeds.</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed
+    Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right
+        pane.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and
+        choose Subscribe.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs
+        &amp; News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li>
+      <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+        Settings option. In the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog,
+        click on a Blogs &amp; News Feeds account main section, and then
+        click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed
+    properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list
+    where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge
+    multiple feeds in one list item.</li>
+  <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to
+    display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs
+  &amp; news feeds from a browser window</h2>
+
+<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed
+  discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png"
+  style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You
+  can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it
+  added to your first Blogs &amp; News Feeds account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp; news feeds
+  messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your Blogs &amp; News account, you see the list of feeds to
+  which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for
+  new messages.</p>
+
+<p>To read blogs &amp; news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a blogs &amp; news account to see its feeds. (If there are
+    no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the
+    article, which you can click to open a browser window with the
+    corresponding webpage.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs &amp; News account and each
+  individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the
+  full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed
+  Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short
+    version of this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its
+    default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs
+    &amp; News account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2>
+
+<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also,
+  there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won&apos;t
+  normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component.
+  Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account
+  and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2>
+
+<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will
+  usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs &amp; News feed
+  collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p>
+
+<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export
+    feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select
+    OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+  <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs &amp;
+    feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs &amp;
+  news account, you can edit it.</p>
+
+<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the
+    <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li>
+  <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web
+    page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for
+    each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs &amp; news
+  account, you can remove it.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the
+    feed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> don&apos;t confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs
+  &amp; News account. Removing a feed doesn&apos;t delete the folder in which
+  the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder
+  until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get
+  a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your
+  feeds</a> later in this section.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs
+  &amp; news feeds accounts</h2>
+
+<p>A single blogs &amp; news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in
+  it, so you don&apos;t strictly need more than one blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. However, you may want to create several blogs &amp; news feeds
+  accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you
+    can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your
+    feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to
+    put in it all your feeds with general news.</li>
+  <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This
+    way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account
+    (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2>
+
+<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it.
+  However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section
+  helps you to better organize your feeds:</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing
+      folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading
+      multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another
+      folder</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3>
+
+<p>Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts:
+  <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide
+    the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li>
+  <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts work pretty
+    much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got
+    through the feeds.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed
+  messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and
+  folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them
+  connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that
+  removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor
+  will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are
+  stored into the folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders
+  in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</h3>
+
+<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  accounts just like with any other account type. See
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>,
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a>
+  and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or
+  copying a folder</a> for more details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple
+  feeds in a single folder</h3>
+
+<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from
+  more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in
+  that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds account
+    to manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click
+    the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3>
+
+<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag &amp; drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li>
+  <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it
+    downloads articles/items.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn&apos;t move
+  existing articles from the folder in which they have been
+  downloaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73d6a1a535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your
+  Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple
+  business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one
+  window &mdash; the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the
+    &brandShortName; browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting
+      Started with &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+      Programs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating
+      HTML Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling
+      Junk Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with
+      Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started
+      with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account
+      Setup Wizard</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+      Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings
+      for an Account</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup
+  Wizard</h2>
+
+<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, first open
+  the Window menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups. If you haven&apos;t
+  already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling
+  you to set up an account.</p>
+
+<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account.
+  If you don&apos;t know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service
+  provider (ISP) or help desk.</p>
+
+<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn&apos;t appear
+  automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail
+  window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details,
+  see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+  Additional Mail, News &amp; Blogs &amp; News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail
+  Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3>
+
+<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you
+  the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your user name</li>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li>
+  <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should
+  give you the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>newsgroup server name</li>
+  <li>account name</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard.
+
+    <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of
+      new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that
+      follow correspond to the windows you&apos;ll see when you&apos;re setting
+      up an ISP or email provider account.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want
+    to set up, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate
+    for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.
+    <ul>
+      <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all
+        service providers can support both options. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li>
+      <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to
+        leave messages on the server so that when you download messages, 
+        SeaMonkey does not remove the messages from the server.</li>
+      <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global
+        Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for
+        this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if
+        the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own
+        directory.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail
+          server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of
+          your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been
+          explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you.
+          For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host.
+          If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names
+    provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This
+    window is not available for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to
+    refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered
+    is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP
+    or system administrator. When you are sure that it&apos;s correct, click
+    Finish to set up your account.</li>
+  <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail
+  &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for
+  the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve
+  mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting
+  New Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional
+  Mail and News Accounts</h2>
+
+<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change
+  information for an existing account, including:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and
+    download preferences)</li>
+  <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li>
+  <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform
+    these tasks:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail,
+        news or blogs &amp; news feeds account. Be sure to type the account
+        information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens
+        with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li>
+      <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an
+        account, then click this button to make the selected account the
+        default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list
+        of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time
+        you open Mail &amp; Newsgroups.
+
+        <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the
+          From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or
+          news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account is selected), through an external application request, or by
+          following a mailto: link.</p>
+        
+        <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can&apos;t set a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account as default.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of
+        the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail
+        server. See
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click headings under any account&apos;s name and modify the corresponding
+    settings in the panel on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+  Account</h2>
+
+<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings
+    dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email
+    address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the
+    corresponding settings:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on
+        the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.
+
+        <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type
+          (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing
+          account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can
+          then reopen the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and
+          recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add
+          Account.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Copies &amp; Folders</strong>: These settings determine
+        whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you
+        want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message
+        templates. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail
+        &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies &amp; Folders</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Composition &amp; Addressing</strong>: These settings allow
+        you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a
+        message. You can also override the global directory server settings
+        specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Synchronization &amp; Storage (IMAP and News accounts
+        only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline
+        (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and
+        conserve disk space. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs &amp; news feeds accounts
+        only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk
+        space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk
+        Space Settings (POP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk
+        Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to
+        digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital
+        signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in
+        mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your
+        messages remain private while they are in transit over the
+        Internet. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+  Programs</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from
+  Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import
+  address books from these programs, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing
+  Address Books</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook
+  Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator
+  mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new
+  folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail
+  folders still remain in their original location).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c790958d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+      Discussions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a
+  newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called
+  discussion groups).</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another
+    newsgroup account.</li>
+  <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup,
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup.
+    You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders
+  located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow
+  the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the
+  Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and
+  subscribing to folders, see
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing
+  Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which
+  you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in
+  each newsgroup.</p>
+
+<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are
+    no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the
+    responses below the original message. You can click any header to display
+    its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new
+    thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a
+    message</a> in response.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose.</li>
+  <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+  Discussions</h2>
+
+<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply.</li>
+  <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All.</li>
+  <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q>
+    drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you
+    enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2>
+
+<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in a thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li>
+  <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for
+    messages in additional threads.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the
+    View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups only displays the watched threads
+    that contain unread messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to
+    viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To ignore a message thread:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in the thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies
+    posted to the thread will appear as read.</li>
+  <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then
+    choose Ignored Threads.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2>
+
+<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must
+  first set up access to that server.</p>
+
+<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail
+  window and choose New, then Account.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set
+    up is a newsgroup account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve set up access to the new server, you can
+  <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that
+  server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c958051af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Working Offline</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups includes advanced features to help
+  you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet.
+  You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later
+  reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until
+  you get back online. All of these features are explained in this
+  document.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting
+      Up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All
+      Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your
+      Accounts for Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for
+      Offline Viewing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+      Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+      Reconnecting Later</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos; offline feature lets you
+  download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the
+  Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and
+  you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily
+  disconnect from your company&apos;s network while traveling or switching
+  locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The
+  offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later
+  send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p>
+
+<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so
+  most of these offline features aren&apos;t relevant for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups lets you easily:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also
+  lets you:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for
+  Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically
+  download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online,
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your
+  messages with the server.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this
+  section does not apply for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you
+    want to use offline, select Synchronization &amp; Storage. (This category
+    is not available for POP accounts.)</li>
+  <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this
+    computer</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie
+    icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be
+    available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders
+  created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an
+  <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual
+  folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the
+  <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline.
+  After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains open so
+  you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by
+  replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the
+  Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+  <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an
+  Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that POP accounts don&apos;t allow you to manage folders on the POP
+  server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to
+    download for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li>
+  <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the
+    folder&apos;s messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when
+    you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li>
+  <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working
+  offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the
+  offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while
+  working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account
+  settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use
+  the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p>
+
+<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and
+        then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li>
+      <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+        each message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages
+    from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the
+    selected messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If
+    the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the
+  lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go
+  offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q>
+  menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster
+  access.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your
+  computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you&apos;ve
+  downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your
+  local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory
+  server.</p>
+
+<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Make sure you&apos;re online.</li>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to
+    download (replicate).</li>
+  <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server
+    Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Offline tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li>
+  <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to
+    start the download.
+
+    <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may
+      take a while, so please be patient.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory
+  or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After
+  you&apos;ve been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may
+  wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To
+  update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts
+  for Working Offline</h2>
+
+<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and
+  Disk Space preferences in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box. Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these preferences each time you
+  want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for
+  an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p>
+
+<p>Here&apos;s a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts
+  for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization
+    &amp; Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items
+    (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings. See the sections
+      below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a>
+      accounts.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+      preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline,
+      and then choose Offline Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now
+    from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to
+    download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail
+      messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See
+    <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+    Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+  Viewing</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must
+  first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for
+  offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you
+  want to use offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase
+  download time and disk space used.</p>
+
+<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for the account you
+    want to change.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups
+    for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that
+      you&apos;ve already <a
+      href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a>
+      to. POP accounts and local mail folders don&apos;t appear in the
+      list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available
+    for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings each time you want to
+  go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so
+  before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using
+  the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and
+  Sync</a> command.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+  Synchronizing Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use,
+  you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven&apos;t yet
+  selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+  <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want
+    to download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail
+      messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the
+      checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven&apos;t yet selected
+      items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline,
+    check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li>
+  <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is
+    complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you&apos;ve
+    already selected items for download.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups begins downloading the
+    selected items.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode.
+  Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline
+  indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of
+  the Mail window to go offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+  Reconnecting Later</h2>
+
+<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts
+    you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li>
+  <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to
+    work offline without downloading messages, click Don&apos;t Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  download behavior when going offline, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category,
+  select Network &amp; Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when
+  going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the
+  server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  behavior when going online, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+  category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages,
+  or to not send unsent messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c47588f557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,838 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a
+      Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in
+      Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other
+      Users (IMAP Only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through
+      Messages</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the folder.</li>
+  <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your
+    new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter
+  will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a
+  folder within the same mail account.</p>
+
+<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag
+        the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved
+        becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name
+        of another account.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the
+        folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder
+        you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2>
+
+<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the
+    destination folder.</li>
+  <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or
+      POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message
+      is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders
+  by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message
+  list over another folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+  (IMAP Only)</h2>
+
+<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the
+  same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the
+  same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail
+  server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your
+  system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders
+  are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p>
+
+<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing
+  information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select
+    a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view.
+
+    <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail
+      account cannot be shared.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li>
+  <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and
+    password.
+
+    <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows
+      you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available,
+      you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot
+      change them.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their
+    folder access privileges.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy
+        their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy
+        messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread.
+        See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+        Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read
+        privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy
+        or move messages into the folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write
+        privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder
+        permissions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a
+  distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p>
+
+<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared
+  folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the shared folder.</li>
+  <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder
+    Location.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li>
+  <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li>
+  <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell
+    message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking
+    the link you pasted into the message.
+
+    <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to
+      subscribe to your shared folder.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3>
+
+<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To
+  subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP
+    mail account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You
+    see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them.
+  You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create
+  your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to
+  automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example,
+  you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are
+  tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See
+  <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3>
+
+<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost
+  priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select
+  one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard.
+  Press 0 to remove all tags.</p>
+
+<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select Tags from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For
+  example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the
+  tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to
+  another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if
+  your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist
+  when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag
+    can be up to 32 characters long.</li>
+  <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and
+    select a new color.</li>
+  <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at
+    the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your
+  mail accounts.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the
+  default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag
+  settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns
+    icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag
+    type, to sort messages by date.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags
+    from this message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You might want to mark a message you&apos;ve read as unread if you later
+  want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p>
+
+<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread.
+    Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png"
+    alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a
+    <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the
+    Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Read column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline
+  use</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to
+    indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not
+    visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png"
+    alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by
+  filtering displayed messages.</p>
+
+<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an
+  option from the submenu.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a>
+    to view tagged messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have
+    five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5
+    Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify
+    settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View 
+  box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu,
+  choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3>
+
+<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching
+  certain criteria.</p>
+
+<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li>
+  <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and
+    click Edit.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the message view.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view 
+    setting applies automatically.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can
+  create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to
+  automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria
+  you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically
+  moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a
+  per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of
+    messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the filter.</li>
+  <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you
+    to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking
+    mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means
+    that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the
+    filter.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the
+    messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add
+    or remove additional actions.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose
+      <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It
+      could be that you don&apos;t want all filters to be run if one or more
+      messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all
+      messages from your boss&apos;s email address as <q>Important</q>, and
+      you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their
+      subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you
+      don&apos;t want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder,
+      even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first
+      message filter you define should match your boss&apos;s email address,
+      and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and
+      <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then
+    select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a
+    new folder.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder
+    in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering
+    incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any
+  time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder
+  to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply
+  filters to the selected message (if any).</p>
+
+<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to
+        the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it
+        off.</li>
+      <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box
+        to make your changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Delete.</li>
+      <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In
+        the filter list, click a filter&apos;s name, and click <q>Move Up</q>
+        or <q>Move Down</q> to move it.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message
+          in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message
+          being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new
+    filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages
+  that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or
+  move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or
+  moved folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to
+  another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a
+  Specific Sender</h3>
+
+<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For
+  example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your
+  child&apos;s teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set
+  up a filter to do this.</p>
+
+<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the
+    message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter
+    From.</li>
+  <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender&apos;s email
+    address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the
+    filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the
+    matching criteria.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from
+    the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other
+    actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li>
+  <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will
+    provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the
+    <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where
+    you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the
+    specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a
+  single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of
+  criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail
+  folder, newsgroup, or account.</p>
+
+<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel
+    when you are done.</li>
+  <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text
+    throughout the rest of the message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text
+    or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject
+    or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or
+      sender contains the search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the
+    selected folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3>
+
+<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are
+  not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search
+    Messages dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or
+    folder through which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search local system</q> to search only messages from newsgroups
+    or IMAP accounts that have been saved locally.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The checkbox will be disabled if it&apos;s not
+      possible to search remotely stored messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select which matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups will use to search for
+    messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that
+    you choose.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that
+    you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click
+        Open, or double-click the message.</li>
+      <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you
+        want to sort by.</li>
+      <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder,
+        select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File
+        drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account,
+        the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is
+        within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li>
+      <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then
+        click Delete.</li>
+      <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message
+        and click Open Message Folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls
+to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and
+      Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your
+  incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The
+  feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train
+  &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of
+  mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If
+  &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p>
+
+<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk
+    messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected
+    message(s):
+    <ul>
+      <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q>
+        or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li>
+      <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li>
+      <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/>
+
+        <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you
+          do not see it, click the right-most button (
+          <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and
+          select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear
+      in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected
+      message.</p>
+  </li>
+  
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+  <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify
+    incoming messages. (See
+    <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>.
+    Details on the other settings there can be found in the 
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a>
+    preference panel description.)
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white
+    listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book
+    of the infected computer).</li>
+  <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels
+    messages either as junk or not junk.</li>
+  <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu
+    and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls
+  when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail
+  Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not
+  Junk.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2>
+
+<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the 
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp;
+  Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the
+  account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk
+  Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run
+  after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing
+  scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to
+  your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk
+  to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be
+  classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if
+  you are on a moderated mailing list).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2>
+
+<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which
+  a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into
+  divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames,
+  passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince
+  recipients to respond.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases, you&apos;ll receive a link to a phishing page via an email
+  which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up
+  at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>
+  can look very similar to a genuine one, it&apos;s safer to use a bookmark
+  you&apos;ve created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead
+  of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged
+  URL if you&apos;re asked to log in or provide private information on a
+  website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it
+  encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the
+  message window.</p>
+
+<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not
+  Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p>
+
+<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL,
+  &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website
+  is opened.</p>
+
+<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of
+  the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or
+  the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the
+  actual URL.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk
+  Mail detection.</p>
+
+<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document
+  <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy:
+  Phishing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbf83c4a70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,655 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences
+  that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these
+  preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network &amp; Storage
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the main Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences. If you
+  are not already viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups main preferences, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to
+    allow Mail &amp; Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option
+    if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last
+    before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this
+    option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message
+    grouping
+    <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when
+    sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically
+    displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the
+    column headers.</li>
+  <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages
+    even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to
+    delay checking for new messages until after the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window
+    has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a
+    href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or
+    manually).</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application
+    for</strong>: Select &brandShortName; as the default mail, news or feeds
+    application for Windows and from within other applications such as Microsoft
+    Word.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default
+      mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that other
+      applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the
+      respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message
+    area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page
+    appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different
+    web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this
+    option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Message
+  Display</h2>
+
+<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are
+  displayed (for example, font style and color) in all accounts. If you are not
+  already viewing the Message Display settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: Here you can
+    choose if you want to reuse a message window for the next mail or if you
+    want to open a new one for each.</li>
+  <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>:
+    Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other
+    content in received messages, except from senders in your address books
+    whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Wait [__] seconds before marking a message as read</strong>:
+    Choose this option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when
+    you are only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you
+    want a message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you do not want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to mark
+      your messages as read automatically at all, you can select this option
+      and enter a very large number of seconds.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: Select the font you prefer for
+    viewing plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width. Choosing a font
+    style, size, and color for quoted plain-text messages can help you more
+    easily distinguish quoted text (usually a message that&apos;s been
+    forwarded to you or by you).
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that
+        incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that
+        when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley
+        faces) Mail &amp; Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example:
+        <table border="1">
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+            <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-p</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2>
+
+<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing
+  you on arrival of a new message. So you don&apos;t have to always look in the
+  folders.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want 
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a sliding alert above 
+    your system tray in the lower right corner of your screen when new 
+    messages arrive. The sliding alert only appears once when new messages
+    arrive, and won&apos;t appear again until you bring the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups window to the front.
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Sliding new mail alert</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+
+    <p>When the alert appears, clicking the link displayed in the alert will
+      take you to the first folder that has new mail.
+    </p>
+
+    <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+      Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; application is running).
+    </p>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an icon in your system
+    tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when
+    new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have
+    visited one of your folders with new mail or checked for new messages
+    manually.
+    <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png"
+      alt=""/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p>
+    <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName;
+      Mail &amp; Newsgroups main window.</p>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you
+    want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when
+    new messages arrive.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; 
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can
+    choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format.
+    If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in
+    the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound
+    file.
+
+    <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will
+      continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another
+      &brandShortName; application is running).</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="composition">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2>
+
+<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example,
+  forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are
+  not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded
+    message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your
+    message).</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this
+    option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages)
+    viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>:
+    Choose this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to save the message
+    you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a
+    computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of
+    the message in your Drafts folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>:
+    Check this option if want to be asked if you&apos;re sure to be ready to
+    send the message when you&apos;re pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor.
+    This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the
+    keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a
+    number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to
+    have Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before
+    you send it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type
+    it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language
+    you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more
+    dictionaries.</li>
+  <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the
+    defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to
+    send mails in HTML format.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="send_format">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2>
+
+<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your
+  outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may
+    cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this
+    option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying
+    the message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This
+    option uses more disk space.
+
+    <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by
+      using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add
+    the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains
+    can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only
+    display plain text.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the
+  same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that
+  end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of
+  displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the
+  list of HTML Domains so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups will automatically send
+  messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p>
+
+<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you
+  know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to
+  the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically
+  sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail
+  messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs
+  that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you
+  to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot
+  display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format
+  them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These
+  preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and
+  not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can
+  specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However,
+  when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups formats these messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups address books (for example, email
+  address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already
+  viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients&apos; email addresses.
+    Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your
+    Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li>
+  <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>:
+    Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to
+    search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local
+    address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory
+    server) or both. If you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to highlight addresses
+    that do not autocomplete, then select that option.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address
+      matches are found, Mail &amp; Newsgroups displays a list of all possible
+      choices.</p>
+
+    <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list.
+      A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one
+      of your local address books. The directory you select will also be
+      searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted
+      message to one or more recipients for whom you don&apos;t have
+      certificates on file.</p>
+
+    <p>See <a
+      href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+      and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP
+      directory server settings.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the
+      Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override
+      these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP
+      directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an
+      account in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set
+      different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu
+      and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail panel,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Junk &amp; Suspect Mail.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to
+    set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages
+    as Junk.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>:
+        Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder.
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked 
+        Junk messages to the trash folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>:
+        Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show
+        up as new.</li>
+      <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this
+        option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow
+    logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log
+    </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the
+    training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively
+    destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email
+    scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for
+    suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more
+    easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for
+    anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before
+    they are stored locally.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<h2 id="tags">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the
+  Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags.
+  If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options
+    are visible, double-click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color
+    for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your
+    own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color
+    chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down
+    buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with
+    multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li>
+  <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and
+    restores just the default tags&apos; text and colors.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings
+  for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return
+  Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return
+  receipts.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>:
+    Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all
+    your mail accounts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation
+    messages are delivered to your Inbox.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter
+      that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder
+      you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see
+      <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+      Message Filters</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt
+    confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you
+    do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return
+    receipts from others.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you
+    want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Character
+  Encoding</h2>
+
+<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded
+  when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already
+  viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+    select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+    default for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. This is recommended if
+    it&apos;s likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding
+    (MIME charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in
+    international newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always use this default character encoding when messages are
+    displayed</strong>: Select this to apply the default character encoding to
+    all messages.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character
+      encoding for a specific folder. In the Mail window, select a folder from
+      the list of Mail folders. Open the View menu, and choose Character
+      Encoding.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use &apos;quoted
+    printable&apos; MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular
+    messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin
+    ISO-8859-3).</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character
+    encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing
+    mail and newsgroup messages. Note that this character encoding is
+    <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the
+    character encoding of the message being replied to is used by default.
+    Choose <strong>Always use this default character encoding in
+    replies</strong> to use the default character encoding for outgoing
+    messages even when replying.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Network &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Network &amp; Storage preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Network &amp; Storage.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Network &amp; Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for
+  working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    handle messages when going online or offline.</li>
+  <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li>
+  <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by 
+    automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount 
+    of disk space you enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for
+  information on working offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c382806acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital
+      Signatures &amp; Encryption</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other
+      People&apos;s Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp;
+      Encrypting a New Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp;
+      Encrypted Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security -
+      Compose Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security -
+      Received Message</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures &amp;
+  Encryption </h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it.
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult
+  for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is
+  in transit over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>
+    (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+    Own Certificate</a>.</li>
+  <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your
+    Security Settings</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in
+  <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a 
+  New Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures
+  and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the
+  online document
+  <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+  to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3>
+
+<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature,
+  although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing
+  a contract.</p>
+
+<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you
+  need two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>
+    that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your
+    signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the
+    certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital
+    signature.
+
+    <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the
+      phonebook&mdash;it is public information that helps other people
+      communicate with you.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created
+    and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate.
+
+    <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your
+      <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the
+      &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique,
+      verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3>
+
+<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a>
+  for each of the message&apos;s recipients. The public key in each certificate
+  is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t have a certificate for even a single recipient, the
+  message cannot be encrypted.</p>
+
+<p>The recipient&apos;s software uses the recipient&apos;s private key, which
+  remains on that person&apos;s computer, to decrypt the message.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People&apos;s
+  Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest
+  ways to obtain someone else&apos;s certificate is for that person to send you
+  a digitally signed message.</p>
+
+<p>When you receive such a message, the person&apos;s certificate is
+  automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+  Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of
+  certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each
+  recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory,
+  such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to look up certificates automatically.  This feature
+  is controlled by
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up
+  recipients&apos; email addresses in a directory.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a
+  directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when
+  you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom
+  you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open
+  the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose
+  View Security Info.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must
+  specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting
+  messages.</p> 
+
+<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+  Own Certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a
+  particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can
+    proceed further.)
+
+    <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available
+      signing certificates.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li>
+  <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select
+    the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li>
+
+  <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under
+    Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system
+    administrator to find out for sure.</p>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt
+  all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings
+  are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for
+  individual messages.</p>
+
+<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the
+  Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as
+  follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is
+        selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally
+        signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To
+        turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Under Encryption (choose one):
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you
+        send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate
+        otherwise before you send them.</li>
+      <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the
+        messages you send from this account will be encrypted&mdash;but only if
+        you have valid certificates for each of the message&apos;s recipients.
+        If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the message
+        can&apos;t be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to
+  confirm them.</p>
+ 
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a New
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at
+  least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings
+  correctly. For background information on these tasks, see
+  <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures
+  &amp; Encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The settings specified in
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new
+  Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p>
+
+<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You
+  can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or
+  absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally
+      signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that
+      identifies you).</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted
+      (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security
+  icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you
+  want from the drop-down list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off
+    encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is
+    sent over the Internet.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption
+    for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it
+    can&apos;t be sent unless you have valid certificates for all
+    recipients.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital
+    signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will
+    be signed.</li> 
+  <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed
+    information about the security status of this message&mdash;to help you
+    determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of
+    the recipients.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about the message&apos;s security status, you
+  can also click the key or lock icon as described in
+  <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose
+  Window</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons
+  near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security
+  status of the message:</p>
+  
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally
+      signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature,
+      the pen is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif"
+      alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a
+      large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server.
+      As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to
+      download the attachment and validate the signature.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there
+      is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For information about certificate validation, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling
+  Validation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To see more detailed information about the message&apos;s security, click
+  the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in
+  <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you are composing. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your
+    message will be signed. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this
+        message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message
+        can be signed.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this
+        message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for
+        this message. However, a valid
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you
+        for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that
+        makes signing impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will
+    be encrypted. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message,
+        valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the
+        message can be encrypted.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible
+        for this message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this
+        message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed
+        recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is
+        some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the
+  recipients of your message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the
+    list, select its name, then click View.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message
+  security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message,
+  click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select
+  the options you want.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all
+  messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you have received. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view
+    security information.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the
+    message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li>
+  
+  <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in
+    <a href="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy
+    &amp; Security Preferences - Validation</a>. If you are not familiar with
+    OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings
+    are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the
+    certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p>
+  
+  <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate&apos;s
+    trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+    Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p>
+
+  <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed,
+    click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the
+    message is encrypted and any decrypting problems.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If the message&apos;s contents have been altered during transit, you
+        should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by
+        network problems.</li>
+      <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the
+        message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to
+        decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import
+        a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see
+        <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for
+        details.) If you don&apos;t have access to a backup certificate, you
+        will not be able to decrypt the message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0af1d77a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View
+      the Mail Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images,
+      Scripts, and Plugins</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2>
+
+<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display
+  them in the Inbox by opening Mail &amp; Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox
+  for the IMAP account.</p>
+
+<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve
+  your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in
+  full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP
+  server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of
+  messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p>
+  
+<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically
+  check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups.
+  While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking
+  Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>For blogs &amp; feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it
+  will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new
+  items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and
+  to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to
+  notify you when new messages have arrived.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server
+    Settings category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings
+    section:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox
+        if you want to check this account automatically for new messages
+        whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn&apos;t download new messages
+        until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download
+        any new messages</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail
+        checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get
+        Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound or display
+  an alert when new mail arrives, see <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages
+  for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts.
+
+    <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password
+      before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already
+      stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups doesn&apos;t prompt you for this information.)</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window)
+  and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you for your password
+  the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own
+  computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you
+  choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar,
+    search bar, or the status bar.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane
+    window layout to use.</li>
+  <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane
+    view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open
+    the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort
+    by.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the
+    column.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with
+  all its responses:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date
+    column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select
+    Threaded.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by
+  the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion
+  for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the
+  Sort by submenu.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q>
+  in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the
+  threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The
+  thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in
+  this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected,
+  &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort
+  them by clicking on a column header.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed
+  thread where you&apos;ve read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file).
+    Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by
+    Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li>
+  <li>Change the filename&apos;s extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml,
+    depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To print a selected message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts,
+  and Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not
+  display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books
+  whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a
+  href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating
+  a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can
+  show remote content.</p>
+
+<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change
+  this setting:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the
+    list.)
+    <ul>
+      <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</q>
+        to enable plugins.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and
+      Newsgroup Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message
+      Composition Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your
+      Message Was Opened</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a
+      Message Draft</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using
+      Templates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of
+  the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the
+    Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the
+    Address Book.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - 
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for
+  composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different
+  editor for each of your accounts.) See
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing
+  the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for
+  them to be published in blogs &amp; news feeds accounts. If you want to
+  publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you
+  will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some
+  cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p>
+
+<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text
+  styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted
+  lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be
+  able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the
+  plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while
+  clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an
+  as-needed basis.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup
+  messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or
+  HTML by default in the <a
+  href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings).</p>
+
+<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail
+  toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Mail Toolbar
+
+    <p>You can click the following buttons:</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address
+        books.</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See
+        <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+      <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message
+        text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether
+        your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or
+        both).</li>
+      <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li>
+  <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this
+    area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the
+    Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li>
+  <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an
+  additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in
+  &brandShortName; Composer.</p>
+
+<p>For help using the HTML editor, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web
+  Pages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To address a mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Type the name in the addressing area.
+
+    <p>If you have <a
+      href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+      autocompletion</a> enabled (it&apos;s enabled by default), type the first
+      few letters of the recipient&apos;s name and wait for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and
+      immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+      class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail &amp; Newsgroups try to complete
+      the address.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the
+      same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For
+      example, multiple entries might be:</p>
+
+    <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the
+    <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See
+    <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the
+    Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the
+        other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon
+        copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different
+        email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li>
+      <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li>
+      <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so
+        that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead
+        of the original newsgroup.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the
+  email address contained in a message you&apos;re reading, and then selecting
+  Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the
+  Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p>
+
+<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is
+  based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new
+  message. However, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also allows you to
+  change the account a message is sent from while you&apos;re composing a
+  message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select
+  the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of
+  the account where you sent the message from.</p>
+
+<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose
+  window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and
+  completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by
+  showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple
+  matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want to use an address that Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an
+  alternate address.</p>
+
+<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>While you&apos;re composing a message, you can select these additional
+  message sending options from the Options menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you
+    choose the recipient&apos;s email address from your Address Books or a
+    remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory,
+    enter the first few letters of the recipient&apos;s first or last name to
+    start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to
+    address your message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text
+    before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li>
+  <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the
+    spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection
+    of the message text shown as quoted text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a
+    confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep
+    in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt.
+    This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a
+    per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all
+    messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML
+    (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it&apos;s unknown whether
+    the recipient&apos;s mail program can display an HTML message. The format
+    you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the
+    Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the
+    message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for
+    this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an
+    additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default
+    Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li>
+  <li><strong>Security</strong>: Choose this to change the default security
+    options for this message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>An additional message formatting option is available from the Edit menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the
+    plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of
+    quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted
+    text to the number of characters specified by the
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>
+    preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a
+    message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original
+    message contains long lines.
+
+    <p>You use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit
+      menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing
+      messages. Select the Composition &amp; Addressing panel of the account
+      and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text
+      editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor
+      occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose
+      or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed
+      basis.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To reply to a mail message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to
+  specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+    Addressing</a> category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when
+    replying</q>.</li>
+  <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below
+    the quote</q> is the default.</li>
+  <li>If you have decided to <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a
+    signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply
+    above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature
+    is placed:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature
+        at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your
+        signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit
+      it</a> when replying to a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2>
+
+<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included
+  in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an
+  <em>attachment</em>.</p>
+
+<p>To forward a message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li>
+  <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As
+    Attachment.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward
+      inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the
+      signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message,
+  select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then
+  choose Inline or Attachment.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message
+  Was Opened</h2>
+
+<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed
+  (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that
+  supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind
+  that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if
+  you&apos;ve requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not
+  include a return receipt request, since news servers don&apos;t support this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+  Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for
+  return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual
+  accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return
+    Receipt.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of
+  your mail accounts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+    Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message
+  Draft</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save
+    as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the
+    current account.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save
+      it as a draft.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    draft.</li>
+  <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft
+    button.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you
+    can complete it later.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts
+      folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for
+  editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    drafts.</li>
+  <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2>
+
+<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you
+  send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a
+  template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a
+  Mail compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set
+    the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other
+    default formatting you want.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting
+      you want.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then
+    choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates
+    folder for the current mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To compose a message using a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you
+    created the message template.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send
+    it.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template
+      from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message
+    templates.</li>
+  <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying
+      Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the
+      Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail
+      Question Dialog Box</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and
+  tables&mdash;just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able
+  to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups allows you
+  to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text)
+  formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have.
+  In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or
+  plain-text messages by default, and how Mail &amp; Newsgroups should handle
+  messages when it&apos;s not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted
+  mail.</p>
+
+<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing
+  messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li>
+  <li>Go to the Composition &amp; Addressing panel and select <q>Compose
+    messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose
+    window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML
+  Elements</h3>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert
+  additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message.
+  If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to
+  change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then
+    open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter
+    HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert
+    menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and
+    text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and
+    JavaScript to objects.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the
+  Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>By default, Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages
+  when it&apos;s not known whether the recipient&apos;s mail program can
+  display HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list).
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages,
+      not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not
+  be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to
+  a different format when you click Send:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li>
+  <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the
+    submenu:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups chooses the
+        appropriate format for the message text. If it can&apos;t determine the
+        format, it asks you to choose a format.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display
+        formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to
+        display the message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have
+        trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only
+        if you are sure the recipient&apos;s mail program can display
+        HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk
+        space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the
+        recipient&apos;s mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>When you&apos;ve finished composing the message, click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books
+  prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual&apos;s
+    card on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted
+    as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read
+    HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or
+    tables).
+
+    <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no
+      formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not
+      sure, choose Unknown.</p>
+
+    <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups determines
+      the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail &amp; Newsgroups still
+      can&apos;t determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a
+      sending format when you send the message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message
+  Source for HTML Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message
+  you&apos;ve received:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question
+  Dialog Box</h2>
+
+<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to
+  someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display
+  HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and
+  plain-text formats.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose
+    Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to
+      attach a file.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your
+    hard drive that you want to attach.</li>
+  <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your
+  desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web
+    page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser,
+  you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send
+  Page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that
+  &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see
+  the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file
+  types, Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another
+  application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that
+  can open files of the same type as the attachment&apos;s file format. For
+  example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on
+  your computer that can open .DOC files.</p>
+
+<p>To open an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li>
+  <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to
+    do with the attachment:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can
+        open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that
+        application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open
+        the attachment.</li>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; can&apos;t find an application on your hard disk
+        that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You
+        won&apos;t be able to open the  attachment, but at least you can save
+        it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open
+        it.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper
+        applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine
+        how different file types are opened by other applications from within
+        &brandShortName;. For more information, see
+        <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+        Downloads</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail
+  server, all attachments remain on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>To save an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>,
+    select the attachment that you want to save.</li>
+  <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the
+    pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and
+    then click OK. Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it
+    to the specified location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click
+  <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+  <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose
+  Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the
+  attachments to be saved.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and
+      from the Trash</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2>
+
+<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP.
+  Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users
+  can set different options for deleting messages.</p>
+
+<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty
+    Trash.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered
+      at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings
+    category under the account name.</li>
+  <li>Select the <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a>
+    you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the
+  Trash</h2>
+
+<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use
+  the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or
+  other folders:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete. Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages permanently:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ee8cf2c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1501 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Browsing the Web</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1>
+
+<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use
+  &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser
+  component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages
+  and search the Web.</p>
+
+<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to
+  navigate, search, and save web pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and
+      Printing Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages
+      and International Content</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and
+      Efficiency</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2>
+
+<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch
+  &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is
+  chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see
+  &brandShortName;&apos;s home page.</p>
+
+<p>To choose your own home page, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying
+  How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName;
+    interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost
+    all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full
+    Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2>
+
+<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL&mdash;its location (address) on the
+  Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more
+  names that identify the address. For instance,
+  <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li>
+  <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any
+    text already in the Location Bar.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check
+  a web page&apos;s security status at any time. For details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png"
+      alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Don&apos;t know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as
+  <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as
+  <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you
+  want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word
+  you typed.</p>
+
+<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the
+  <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2>
+
+<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens
+    whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but
+    buttons and images can also be links.</li>
+  <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link
+    points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2>
+
+<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li>
+  <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on
+    the Back and Forward buttons. You&apos;ll see a list of pages you&apos;ve
+    visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 8px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To see a list of any URLs you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar, click
+    the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it
+    from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the current session, open
+    the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li>
+
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several
+    sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.
+    The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders
+    displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL
+    next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from
+  pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several sessions. For
+  information, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3>
+
+<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar
+  list contains links to pages you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar and then
+  visited.</p>
+
+<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose
+  History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of
+  the Location Bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press
+  <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages
+  you&apos;ve been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar
+  history entirely or selectively.</p>
+
+<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the
+  browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously
+    visited web pages from the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the
+  following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain
+    (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete
+    History for <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command
+    if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in
+    the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete History for
+    <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to
+    delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not
+    <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and
+    press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories
+  (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the
+  order.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2>
+
+<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and
+  don&apos;t want to view it, click the Stop button.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the
+  Reload button, or press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 87px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains
+  a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or
+  press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2>
+
+<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to
+  remember. Fortunately, it&apos;s not necessary to memorize URLs in order to
+  browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to
+  interesting web pages.</p>
+
+<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a
+    bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a
+    folder and choose a bookmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p>
+
+<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or
+  to other interesting places on the Web. See
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New
+  Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing
+  to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a
+  single browser window. You don&apos;t have to have several windows open to
+  visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You
+  can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without
+  having to switch to another window.</p>
+
+<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened
+  automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing
+  preferences, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2>
+
+<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come
+  to you by using Sidebar.</p>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that it continually
+  updates.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details,
+  see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png"
+      alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:
+      middle; -moz-padding-end: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar
+      by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in
+      the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar,
+  press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search
+      Mode</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the
+      Bookmarks or History List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2>
+
+<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar,
+  from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a
+  question, or just a word or two, into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, as
+  shown below.</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt=
+  "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p>
+
+<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li>
+  <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current
+    text.</li>
+  <li>Perform one of these steps:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the Search button.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the
+        drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be
+        different.)
+
+        <p>The default search engine you choose in the
+          <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet
+          Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q>
+          appear in both the browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to
+          visit web pages about baby dolls.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After you perform a search, the results are saved in Sidebar&apos;s Search
+  tab until you do a new search. You don&apos;t have to click the Back button
+  to retrieve the search results.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar
+  Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically
+  performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in
+  the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac">
+  Return</kbd> will then perform a search.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you quickly search and bookmark your search
+  results. For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>using</q> drop-down list, and choose a search
+    engine.</li>
+  <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li>
+  <li>Click Search. Search results for &apos;toy car&apos; appear in both the
+    browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages about toy
+    cars.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the Sidebar Search tab contains a list of search
+  engines from which to choose, then it is set to search in
+  <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Advanced mode</a> and you will have
+  to choose one or more search engines before clicking Search. You can keep it
+  that way or change to a basic setting in Preferences.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To display the next or previous page of search results
+  quickly, click the Next and Previous buttons at the bottom of the Sidebar
+  Search tab.</p>
+
+<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information
+  on how to use Sidebar.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from the Net
+  Search page</h3>
+
+<p>The Net Search page lets you type in a Search term or phrase, or explore
+  several categories (such as Arts &amp; Entertainment, Business, and many
+  more) that may interest you. To visit the Net Search page, perform one of
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif"
+    width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words
+  in a Web Page</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web
+  page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for
+    [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences)
+  and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To
+  learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words
+  and the way your search results are displayed, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences
+  - Internet Search</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</h2>
+
+<p>You can set the Sidebar Search tab to Advanced mode, which lets you narrow a
+  search or choose one or more search engines.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preferences, click Advanced, and then OK.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, and choose a category.</li>
+  <li>Choose one or more search engines for the selected category (if
+    available).</li>
+  <li>In the search field, type the word for which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Click Search.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Sidebar Search"/></p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Customizing Search Categories</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify which search engines should be used for different categories
+  of searches. For example, you can select one set of search engines to search
+  for travel, and select another set of search engines to search for
+  software.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Set Sidebar Search to Advanced Search Mode. See
+    <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</a>
+    for details.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, open the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and
+    then Sidebar from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, click <q>Edit
+    Categories</q>. You see the Edit Categories dialog box.</li>
+  <li>From the Categories drop-down list, choose the category you want to
+    customize.<br/>
+    Or<br/>
+    To create a new category, click New and type a name for the category in the
+    dialog box. The drop-down list now displays the name of the selected
+    category.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        search engine in the list on the left, and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        engine in the list on the right, and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To rename the selected category, click Rename and type a new
+        name.</li>
+      <li>To delete the selected category, click Delete.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are finished customizing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also
+  specify how you want search results displayed in Sidebar.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for
+    web searching.</li>
+  <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar
+    when search results are available</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab
+    to open and show your search results.</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preference, select Basic if you want to search
+    using a single search engine, or select Advanced to be able to search using
+    multiple search engines.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page
+    you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame
+    before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find bar</q>.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li>Click Next to begin the search from where the cursor is forwards
+    to the bottom of the page.</li>
+  <li>Click Previous to begin the search from the cursor backwards to
+    the top of the page.</li>
+  <li>With <strong>Highlight all</strong>, all words or phrases that
+    matched are highlighted on the page.</li>
+  <li>Use <strong>Match case</strong> to limit the search to words or
+    phrases that exactly match what you typed (taking case into
+    account).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If the search hits the bottom (or top) of the page, it will continue
+  from the other end and indicate on the Find bar that it wrapped.</p>
+
+<p>To find the same word or phrase again, keep pressing Enter while the
+  focus is on the search field, or use the Find Again shortcuts (see
+  the <q>Using Find-as-you-type</q> section below) when the focus
+  is on the page. In both cases, a forward search will be invoked,
+  no matter whether the Previous button was used the last time.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2>
+
+<p>Other than searching text through the Find bar, you can also search by
+  typing directly into a Web page.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser
+      window to navigate to any link with that text in it.
+      
+      <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all
+        the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a
+        match with the exact string you&apos;ve typed, such as
+        <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there
+        first.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd>
+    before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to
+    search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li>
+  <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your
+    search string and whether or not the search was successful. Please note
+    that this happens only if the <q>Show the find toolbar during find as you
+    type</q> checkbox on the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt">Find
+    As You Type preferences panel</a> is not selected. If the checkbox is
+    selected, then the <q>Find bar</q> is used instead of changing the status
+    bar.</li>
+  <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li>
+  <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the
+    timeout.</li>
+  <li>Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurence of the search
+    text.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p>
+
+<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and
+  Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or
+  History List</h2>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your
+    Bookmarks window.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks.
+    You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+    from the following search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or
+        <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+        with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+        you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+        for.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+        exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web
+        address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in
+    the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>To search the History list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li>
+  <li>Above the actual list, you see a textbox titled <q>Search History</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click into this textbox and type parts of the URL or page title you are
+    searching for.</li>
+  <li>The History list is filtered for those search terms as you type them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To use the search results:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing
+  Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p>
+
+<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a
+    link, you are offered both options.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser&apos;s Location
+  Bar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along
+        with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view
+        it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new
+        directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files
+        necessary to show the whole web page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is
+        without images.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file.
+        This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but
+        will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text
+        editor.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected,
+  the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save
+  Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p>
+
+<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code)
+  when you&apos;re not connected to the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>To save an image from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a
+  non-formatted page, like a data file, that&apos;s not intended for
+  viewing):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page&apos;s link.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files
+  to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin
+  with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q>
+  or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie
+  files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p>
+
+<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as
+  your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As
+  Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the text in the current page.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window,
+  determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and
+  graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p>
+
+<div class="noMac">
+
+<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3>
+
+<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is
+  printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages
+    you want to print.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to
+    jump to its preview. Click the First
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>,
+    Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif"
+    alt="previous button"/>, Next
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>,
+    or Last
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button
+    to move between pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages,
+    using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the
+    original page and two special options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+        automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size
+        and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make
+        each page half the size of the original page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page
+    normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the
+    page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li>
+  <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview
+    dialog.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or
+  unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p>
+
+<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page
+  Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p>
+
+<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to
+  print:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Format &amp; Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and
+    other options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Portrait.png"
+            alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the
+            shorter side facing up.</li>
+          <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Landscape.png"
+            alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the
+            longer side facing up.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size.
+        For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of
+        the original page.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+            automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Options</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select
+            this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only
+            images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Margins &amp; Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up
+    margins, headers, and footers:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Margins</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in
+            inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Headers &amp; Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list
+        represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down
+        lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row
+        are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-dop
+        list, choose one of the following options:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li>
+          <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li>
+          <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URL&apos;s usually
+            start with <q>http://</q>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web
+            page is printed.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the
+            total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web
+            page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any
+            of the following codes to print specific information: 
+            <ul>
+              <li><strong>&amp;PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example:
+                <q>3 of 5</q>)</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;P</strong>: Page Number</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;D</strong>: Date</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;U</strong>: URL</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;T</strong>: Page Title</li>
+            </ul>
+          </li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page
+  Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and
+  International Content</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character
+      Encodings and Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version
+      in your own language</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character Encodings
+  and Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language,
+  you need to select the appropriate character encodings and fonts.</p>
+
+<p>A character encoding method is the way a document or message has been
+  converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail and
+  news messages use a character encoding method (also known as a character set,
+  character coding, or charset).</p>
+
+<p>The character encoding method for a document may depend on its language.
+  Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding
+  method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods.
+  In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8,
+  for example, can be used for any language document.</p>
+
+<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default character encoding
+  appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you
+  may need to select appropriate character encoding methods and designate the
+  fonts you wish to use for your language/script.</p>
+
+<p>To select character encodings, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose More
+    Encodings.</li>
+  <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a character encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps
+    1-3 for each character encoding method you want.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The character encoding methods you select are added to the Character
+  Encoding menu. If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active
+  one has a bullet (dot) next to it.</p>
+
+<p>If the page, which you are viewing, shows wrong character glyphs with all
+  predefined character encodings, there is a chance that it requires special
+  fonts. Such websites should contain instructions on which fonts to download
+  and/or use in order to view the page correctly. When you have the necessary
+  fonts installed on your system, you can choose User Defined from the More
+  Encodings submenu. &brandShortName; will then use the fonts defined in the <a
+  href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts">Fonts preferences</a> (Fonts for:
+  User Defined).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can detect which character encoding a document uses, and
+  can display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this
+  capability, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose
+    Auto-Detect.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose (Off) from the
+    submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To make changes to your list of active character encodings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose Customize
+    List. You can see the Customize Character Encoding dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following procedures:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add to the list of active character encodings, choose a character
+        encoding from the list on the left and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a character encoding from the active list, choose a
+        character encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Character
+        Encoding menu, highlight character encodings in the list on the right,
+        and use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to move the character
+        encodings up or down in the list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language
+    group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European
+    languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for
+    proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li>
+  <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and
+    Fantasy.</li>
+  <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web
+    pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes
+    the same amount of space.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the
+  author&apos;s font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other
+  fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the user
+  interface&mdash;text of buttons, dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items.
+  You can download and install language packages from the
+  <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey Project
+  Releases</a> page and then use the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+  panel</a> to switch user interface language.</p>
+
+<p>A web page can sometimes be available in several languages. In the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Languages Preferences
+  panel</a>, you can configure &brandShortName; so the page is shown in the
+  language you prefer. You can have multiple languages and list them in order
+  of preference.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your
+  own language</h2>
+
+<p>If you&apos;re looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other
+  than American English, you can download it from the
+  <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey
+  Project Releases</a> page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as
+  movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications
+  that can handle those files. If the browser doesn&apos;t have the needed
+  helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk.
+  When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p>
+
+<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the
+  browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia
+  Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia
+  files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have
+  to add them separately.</p>
+
+<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the
+  <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p>
+
+<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Add-on Manager, and select the Plugins
+    panel.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn more about the Add-on Manager and its
+      features, see the section
+      <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_manager">Using the Add-on
+      Manager</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to
+  launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For
+  example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of
+  &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences
+  - Helper Applications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2>
+
+<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download
+  Manager shows the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>filename</li>
+  <li>time remaining before download is complete</li>
+  <li>transfer speed</li>
+  <li>percent complete</li>
+  <li>time elapsed</li>
+  <li>web location (source)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click
+    Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel
+    to stop the download.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from
+    List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the
+    file from your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix">
+    Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show
+    the location of a selected file.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest
+      Software Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making
+      &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2>
+
+<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically
+  loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These
+  features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take
+  time to load.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences -
+  Advanced</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+  Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2>
+
+<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and
+  Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org
+  the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and
+  the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p>
+
+<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into 
+    the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName;
+  will load that URL.</p>
+
+<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3>
+
+<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search
+  engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering
+  <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search
+  on Lord of the Rings.</p>
+
+<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Submit the search query.</li>
+  <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File
+    Bookmark.</li>
+  <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the
+    dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>.
+    For example, the location might become
+    <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&amp;btnI=I&apos;mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li>
+  <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Close the dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering
+  <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar.
+</p>
+
+<p>For more details and examples, see
+<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This
+  way, the computer doesn&apos;t have to retrieve the page from the network
+  each time you view it.</p>
+
+<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB
+    is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be
+  quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p>
+
+<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If
+  maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk
+  cache.</p>
+
+<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so
+  that you don&apos;t keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they
+  should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the
+  page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Reload button in the browser&apos;s Navigation Toolbar. The
+    computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software
+  Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are
+  available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can
+  also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons
+  are available.</p>
+
+<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced
+  Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel
+  functions in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences -
+  Mouse Wheel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<div class="win">
+
+  <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your
+    Default Browser</h2>
+
+    <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the
+      Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make
+      &brandShortName; your default browser.</p>
+
+    <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and
+      Protocols</h3>
+
+    <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically
+      open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common
+      Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default
+      Browser Settings Automatically</h3>
+
+    <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is
+      the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or
+      protocols. If it isn&apos;t, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not
+      currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your
+      default browser?</q></p>
+
+    <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No,
+      you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName;
+      starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time,
+      too</q>.</p>
+
+    <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>,
+      you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your
+      settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the
+      default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+      Browser</a>.</p>
+
+    <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+      section</a>]</p>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1>
+
+<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This
+  prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The
+  protection is called a firewall.</p>
+
+<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a
+  proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents
+  outsiders from breaking into your organization&apos;s private network.</p>
+
+<p>For information on setting your proxy preferences, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences -
+  Proxies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c9fe74d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Viewing Page Info</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1>
+
+<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different
+  kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a
+  brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the
+  View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds
+  to the kind of information you want to view.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media
+  tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This
+  information is usually of interest only to web developers and other
+  specialists.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page
+  Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01
+  Specification</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic
+  information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion displays the name of the page (if it has one) and the
+  following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>URL</strong>: The
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the
+    page&mdash;that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location
+    Bar near the top of the browser window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using
+    <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong>
+    to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that
+    may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web
+    browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode
+    adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the
+    render mode automatically according to information contained in the web
+    page itself.</li>
+  <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page
+    has been cached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encoding</strong>: The character encoding used for this HTML
+    document.</li>
+  <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if
+    available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by
+    the page expires.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags
+  provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a
+  general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright
+  information, and so on.</p>
+
+<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you
+  see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently
+  viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page
+  is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>:  The form&apos;s name, if any.</li>
+  <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information
+    captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your
+    filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form.
+    <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be
+    read by a program on the website.</li>
+  <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when
+    the form is submitted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the
+  bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of that
+  form&apos;s elements is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element&apos;s label (if it is tagged as such
+    in the HTML).</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element&apos;s input type, such as
+    <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button),
+    or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not
+    displayed on the screen).</li>
+  <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For
+    example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently
+    contains.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you
+  see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information
+  is displayed for each link:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li>
+  <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the
+    page to which the link points.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a
+    specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you
+  see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the
+  page.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its
+  address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab,
+  the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as
+  description, size, or dimensions.</p>
+
+<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To
+  see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info
+  dialog box and drag.</p>
+
+<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save
+    As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you
+  see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many
+    categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on
+    the name:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li>
+      <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to
+        gather used data on the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the
+        page.</li>
+      <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the
+        external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or
+        images).</li>
+      <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic
+        objects.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for
+    the website whose page is currently shown.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy
+    Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the website
+    you are browsing.</li>
+  <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote
+    website that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on
+    the remote website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you
+  see information about
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are
+  viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website&apos;s identity has
+  been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was
+  encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p>
+
+<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the
+  lower-right corner of any browser window.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are
+    viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore,
+    Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though
+    unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that
+    Certificate Manager has used to verify this website&apos;s identity was
+    issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You
+    can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other
+    people can view information sent from your computer to the website or
+    information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that
+    someone is actually doing so.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an
+    encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption,
+    measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the
+    encryption&mdash;that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to
+    unscramble the encrypted information. 
+
+    <p>The Page Info window describes encryption strength in one of three
+      ways:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>High-grade encryption</strong>: Strongest encryption
+        available, using 128-bit keys at a minimum.</li>
+      <li><strong>Medium-grade encryption</strong>: Somewhat stronger than
+        low-grade encryption, using 56- or 64-bit keys.</li>
+      <li><strong>Low-grade encryption</strong>: Weakest encryption available,
+        using 40-bit keys.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>Most websites support high-grade encryption. If you are viewing an older
+      website that supports a weaker form of encryption, it is possible that
+      other people can view information sent from your computer to the website
+      or information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely
+      that someone is actually doing so.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern
+  only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your
+  credit card number.</p>
+
+<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the
+  state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For
+  more details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d96d124d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Password Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master
+  Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you&apos;re not
+  already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>Password Manager</h3>
+
+<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn
+    Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords
+    at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when
+    they&apos;re requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same
+    checkbox.</li>
+  <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage
+    information about your stored passwords and the websites whose user names
+    and passwords you don&apos;t want to be stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to
+  override it for individual websites and how to view and manage stored
+  passwords,see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using
+  the Password Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords and personal data, this
+  sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file that&apos;s
+  difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way of storing
+  information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This is the default
+  setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption.
+  Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an
+  unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information. To turn on
+  encryption you need to set a <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master
+  password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff
+  between improved security and convenience:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+    periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For information about controlling
+    how often it is requested, see the discussion of the Master Password
+    timeout at
+    <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+    Passwords</a>.)</li>
+  <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all
+    (unless you&apos;re using certificates for identification purposes), but it
+    may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your
+    passwords.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+  Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Password Manager dialog box to control
+  your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose
+  Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p>
+
+<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of
+    websites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and
+    password&mdash;that is, the websites for which you selected <q>Yes</q>
+    in response to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon
+    information.
+
+    <p>The second column shows the user name for each website. If the password
+      is stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user
+      name.</p>
+
+    <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm
+        your choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password
+      will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you
+      visit that website.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list
+    of websites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response
+    to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon information.
+
+    <p>If a website is included on this list, you will always have to type in
+      your user name and password manually when you log onto the website.</p>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask
+      you, the next time you log onto the website, whether to store your user
+      name and password.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the
+  list as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to
+    remove, then click Remove.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries
+    listed in the tab you are viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href=
+  "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website
+  passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own
+  separate Master Password.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any
+    of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master
+    Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see
+    <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li>
+  <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+        (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master
+        password only the first time it needs access to the private key
+        database after launching. The browser will not request the master
+        password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting
+        provides the lowest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+        the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+        first requesting your master password. This setting provides the
+        highest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+        This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+        needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+        has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the
+    master password for the Software Security Device. For more information,
+    see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change
+  Password button.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive
+  information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored
+  by the Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a
+    separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart
+    cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master
+    password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a
+    drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you
+    to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li>
+  <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master
+    password, you must first type the current password. If you don&apos;t type
+    the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not
+    enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this
+    happens, you must retype your current password.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this
+    field.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If
+    you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you did the first time,
+    the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new
+    password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password,
+  that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This
+  can be dangerous&mdash;for example, if you manage your financial accounts
+  over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a master password that&apos;s
+  difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a
+  rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to
+  guess your password.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing
+  a Good Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record your master password in a safe
+  place&mdash;and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible
+  to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access
+  important information, such as websites that require passwords or
+  certificates stored on your computer.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</h2>
+
+<p>After you first set a new master password, you will be asked to enter it
+  only when the newly launched browser first needs it to access personal
+  information, such as a user name and password or personal certificates.</p>
+
+<p>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+    (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master password
+    only the first time it needs access to the private key database after
+    launching. The browser will not request the master password again until
+    after you exit and relaunch it. This setting provides the lowest level
+    of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+    the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+    first requesting your master password. This setting provides the highest
+    level of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+    This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+    needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+    has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all the encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your
+  behalf by Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">
+  Software Security Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change
+  Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your behalf
+  by Password Manager You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security
+  device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so
+  without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the
+  Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password
+  rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords
+  preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see
+  <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if
+  you are absolutely sure you&apos;ve forgotten it. The seriousness of the
+  situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password
+  protects.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it
+  removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to
+  specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store
+  personal information.</p>
+
+<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal
+  information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as
+  you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords
+  again.In addition, any personal certificates associated with the software
+  security device will be permanently erased and you will need to apply for new
+  ones.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own
+  master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data
+  on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change
+  the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you
+  cannot reset it.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2>
+
+<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information
+  safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some
+  or all of these suggestions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and
+    numbers.</li>
+  <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters&mdash;putting capitals in random
+    locations throughout a password is effective.</li>
+  <li>Nonsense words that aren&apos;t found in dictionaries but are easy to
+    pronounce.</li>
+  <li>Eight or more characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the
+  following common items should be avoided:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li>
+  <li>Your social security number.</li>
+  <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li>
+  <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li>
+  <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li>
+  <li>Your username, login name or computer&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li>
+  <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li>
+  <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the
+    end of your name or spelling backwards.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the
+  first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q>
+  stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in
+  the middle is included for increased security. (Don&apos;t use this
+  password!)</p>
+
+<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these
+  simple rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li>
+  <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li>
+  <li>Every few months, change your password.</li>
+  <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don&apos;t have to write it
+    down.</li>
+  <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cfe56f789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy on the Internet</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1>
+
+<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and
+  security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how
+  your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, and images while you
+  are surfing the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see
+  <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</a> and
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the
+      Cookie Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+      Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+      Stored Sensitive Information</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1>
+
+<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the
+  Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your
+  own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet
+  privacy issues.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What
+      Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and
+      How Do They Work?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I
+      Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+      Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About
+      Me?</a></li>
+    </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What Information
+  Does My Browser Give to a Website?</h2>
+
+<p>When your browser displays a web page&mdash;for example, each time you click
+  a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email
+  message&mdash;it gives certain kinds of information to the website. This
+  information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment,
+  your Internet address, and the page you&apos;re coming from.</p>
+
+<h3>Operating Environment</h3>
+
+<p>The website is told something about your operating environment, such as your
+  browser type and operating system. This helps the website present the page in
+  the best way for your screen. For example, the website might learn that you
+  use the French version of SeaMonkey 2.1 on a Windows 2000 computer.</p>
+
+<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3>
+
+<p>Your browser must tell the website your Internet address (also known as the
+  Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the website knows where to send the page
+  you are requesting. The website can&apos;t present the page you want to see
+  unless it knows your IP address.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p>
+
+<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that&apos;s attached
+  to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you
+  a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address
+  for the duration of your Internet session&mdash;for example, until you sign
+  off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer&apos;s
+  live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they
+  assign the addresses at random to users.</p>
+
+<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a
+  fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p>
+
+<h3>Referring Page</h3>
+
+<p>The website is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link
+  to see one of the website&apos;s pages. This allows the website to know which
+  website referred you. Or, as you traverse the website, it allows the website
+  to know which of its pages you came from.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do
+  They Work?</h2>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some websites. When you
+  visit a website that uses cookies, the website might ask your browser to place
+  one or more cookies on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends back the cookies
+  that belong to the website.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible
+  to you, and you won&apos;t know when a website is setting a cookie or when
+  your browser is sending a website&apos;s cookie back. However, you can set
+  your preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For
+  information on how to do this, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+    Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<h3>How Do Websites Use Cookie Information?</h3>
+
+<p>Cookies allow a website to know something about your previous visits. For
+  example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a
+  website, the website may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what
+  authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p>
+
+<p>Some websites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the
+  information they gather.</p>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3>
+
+<p>If your browser stores a website&apos;s cookie, it will return the cookie
+  only to that particular website. Your browser will not provide one website
+  with cookies set by another. Since a website can only receive its own cookies,
+  it can learn about your activities while you are at that website but not your
+  activities in general while surfing the Web.</p>
+
+<p>But sometimes a website displays content that is hosted on another website.
+  That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement.
+  The other website that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a
+  cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit the website directly.
+</p>
+
+<p>Cookies that are stored by a website other than the one you are visiting are
+  called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign
+  cookies</strong>. Websites sometimes use third-party cookies with
+  <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help websites
+  count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the
+  website, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also
+  known as web beacons or web bugs.)</p>
+
+<p>If you want, you can adjust your cookie preferences so that websites can
+  store ordinary cookies but not third-party ones.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web
+  Pages in Email Messages?</h2>
+
+<p>You can disable cookies, images, and plugins completely (JavaScript is
+  always disabled) for web pages that are received as part of email
+  messages.</p>
+  
+<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when
+  you&apos;re browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages
+  sent as attachments to messages.</p>
+
+<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, and plugins in
+  email messages, see the following sections:</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security
+    Preferences - Cookies</a></li>
+  <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Preferences - Message Display</a></li>
+  <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+    Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+  Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About Me?</h2>
+
+<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy
+  policies for the websites you visit and the Internet services you use, and
+  to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p>
+
+<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number,
+  address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page,
+  email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to
+  intercept it.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a website&apos;s privacy
+  policy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>What kinds of personal information is this website gathering?</li>
+  <li>How will the website use the information?</li>
+  <li>Will the website share the information with others and do I have choices
+    regarding the use of any shared information?</li>
+  <li>Can I access some or all of the information a website gathers about me, in
+    order to inspect or update it?</li>
+  <li>How does the website protect the information?</li>
+  <li>How do I contact the website if I have questions or problems?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e1c35195c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy &amp; Security preferences.
+  To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Privacy &amp; Security category. If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand the list, then
+    click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For help with a panel&apos;s settings, click the appropriate link below.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Related sections:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d79f9df4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Managing Profiles</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1>
+
+<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to
+  a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts,
+  Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy
+  of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p>
+
+<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own
+  bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a
+  default profile when you first install your browser software. After you
+  create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to
+  use each time you launch the browser.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a
+      Profile</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2>
+
+<p>To create a profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win">
+        Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then
+        Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the
+        <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting &brandShortName; from
+        the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at
+        the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click
+    Next.</li>
+  <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real
+    name or a name that&apos;s related to what you use the profile for, such as
+    <q>School</q>.</li>
+  <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose
+    Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li>
+  <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click
+    Select Language and choose the language you want.</li>
+  <li>Click Finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2>
+
+<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don&apos;t normally use. To delete
+  or rename an existing profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can&apos;t delete
+        the profile that is in use.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:
+        <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then
+        &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold
+        down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting
+        &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix">
+        Type the following at the command line:
+        <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the
+    confirmation box, choose one of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder
+        with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email
+        accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won&apos;t need anything
+        from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from
+        the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By
+        choosing this option none of your profile&apos;s stored data will be
+        deleted.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the
+    instructions.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e543adc2d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName;
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time.
+  For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys
+  surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus
+  sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the
+  plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Ctrl = Control key</li>
+  <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions
+  based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows
+  while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web
+  page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text
+  field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p>
+
+<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Cut</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+    <td>Cmd+X</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete Next Word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+    <td>Opt+Del</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Page </td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Redo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Focus Search Field</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F or Cmd+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Links As You Type</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Text As You Type</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Context Menu</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Space</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>
+      Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu
+      at the top of the window)</span>
+    </td>
+    <td>Alt or F10</td>
+    <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td>
+    <td>F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Q</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Browser</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+1</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Mail &amp; Newsgroups</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+    <td>Cmd+2</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Composer</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+    <td>Cmd+4</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Address Book</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+    <td>Cmd+5</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start IRC Chat</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+    <td>Cmd+6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Add-on Manager</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Download Manager</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+J</td>
+    <td>Cmd+J</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Error Console</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Help Window</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+?</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Turn on/off <a href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a></td>
+    <td>F7</td>
+    <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+    <td>F7</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>The following are keyboard commands for navigating and modifying text in a
+  text input field (e.g. the Location Bar). Except where indicated, these
+  commands also apply to Web pages and e-mail messages in caret browsing
+  mode.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move one line up</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move one line down</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move one character left</td>
+    <td>Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move one character right</td>
+    <td>Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to next word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to previous word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to beginning of line</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to end of line</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td>
+    <td>End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to beginning of text</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to end of text</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select next character</td>
+    <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select previous character</td>
+    <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select next word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select previous word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select all text</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Cut (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+    <td>Cmd+X</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete next character (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete previous character (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Backspace</td>
+    <td>Backspace</td>
+    <td>Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete next word (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+    <td>Opt+Del</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete previous word (in text fields only)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td>
+    <td>Opt+Backspace</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+ </table>
+
+<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary
+      (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Forward One Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a75ba1be9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Composer Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Composer Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+    <tr>
+    <td>Publish</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find and Replace</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Previous</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check Spelling</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Insert/Edit Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+    <td>Cmd+[</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+    <td>Cmd+]</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Named Anchors</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Row/Column</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Drag</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Cells(s)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Bold</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Italic</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Underline</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d42f818c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reload</td>
+    <td>F5</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread,
+    Message Panes)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get All New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Search Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Message as File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+  </tr>
+ <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash
+    folder)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Thread</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Collapse All Threads</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand All Threads</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Message Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Message</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Message</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+   <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses
+     in message)</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments
+      of the selected message)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Message Label</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Read</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Flag Message</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Junk</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste As Quotation</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste Without Formatting</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Rewrap</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Now</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Later</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a74357618b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <title>Browser Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks
+      window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open History Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reload</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Back</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Stop</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+    <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Top of Page</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Web Page Location</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open search engine page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for
+      another command)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page As</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Opt+Return</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F11</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td>
+    <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Larger</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>No zoom (100%)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+    <td>Cmd+0</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Information</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Tab</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one
+    tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more
+      than one tab)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+End</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+    <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td>
+    <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs
+  opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead 
+  of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td> Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Submit Form</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select an Item from a List</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b29878e89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>SSL Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="ssl_settings">SSL Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your SSL preferences.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+      Preferences - SSL</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - SSL</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the SSL preferences panel. If you are not
+  already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">SSL Protocol Versions</h3>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol defines rules governing mutual
+  authentication between a web site and browser software and the encryption of
+  information that flows between them. The Transport Layer Security (TLS)
+  protocol is an IETF standard based on SSL. TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL
+  3.1.</p>
+
+<p>You should normally leave these three checkboxes selected to ensure that
+  both older and newer web servers can work with the browser:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable SSL version 3</strong>: Allows newer web servers to work
+    with the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable TLS</strong>: Allows web servers that support TLS to take
+    advantage of it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important note regarding TLS</strong>: Some servers that do not
+  implement SSL correctly cannot negotiate the SSL handshake with client
+  software (such as the browser) that supports TLS. Such servers are known as
+  <q>TLS intolerant</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When the Enable TLS option in the SSL preferences panel is selected, the
+  browser attempts to use the TLS protocol when making secure connections with
+  a server. If that connection fails because the server is TLS intolerant, the
+  browser will fall back to using SSL 3.0.</p>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_warnings">SSL Warnings</h3>
+
+<p>It&apos;s easy to tell when the web site you are viewing is using an encrypted
+  connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right
+  corner of the browser window is locked. If the connection is not encrypted,
+  the lock icon is unlocked.</p>
+
+<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning
+  checkboxes in the SSL preferences panel. Some people find these warnings
+  annoying.</p>
+
+<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that
+    supports encryption.</li>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that uses low-grade encryption</strong>: Select
+    this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page
+    that supports low-grade encryption. (Low-grade encryption is the weakest
+    encryption available, using 40-bit keys.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that
+    supports encryption for one that does not.</li>
+  <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted
+    page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you
+    are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. If you send unencrypted
+    information over the Internet, it can easily be intercepted by other
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Viewing a page with an encrypted/unencrypted mix</strong>:
+    Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you are viewing a
+    page that includes any information that&apos;s not encrypted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For short definitions, click
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online
+  documents:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+    to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction
+    to SSL</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/nss-3.11/nss-3.11-algorithms.html">Encryption
+    Technologies Available in NSS 3.11</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cf3fdc3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,1174 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="glossary" nc:name="Glossary" nc:link="glossary.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#help-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Character Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read"    nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send"    nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html"    nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach"  nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-blogs" nc:name="Getting Started With Blogs &amp; News Feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard"  nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts"  nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account"  nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages"  nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window"  nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages"  nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages"  nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins"  nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-blogs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs &amp; news feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe-from-browser" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-reading" nc:name="Reading blogs &amp; news feed messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-posting" nc:name="Posting blog messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#posting_blog_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-comments" nc:name="Adding comments to a blog post" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-exporting-importing" nc:name="Exporting and importing feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-editing" nc:name="Editing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#editing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-removing" nc:name="Removing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#removing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-using-different-accounts" nc:name="Using different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-organizing" nc:name="Organizing your feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_your_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-blogs-organizing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-feeds-folders" nc:name="Feeds versus folders" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#feeds_vs_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-folders-in-blogs" nc:name="Organizing folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-multiple-feeds" nc:name="Downloading multiple feeds in a single folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-moving-feeds" nc:name="Moving a feed to another folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading All Messages for Offline Use" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures &amp; Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies &amp; Folders"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition &amp; Addressing"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Synchronization &amp; Storage"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_blogs" nc:name="Blogs"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption"  nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk &amp; Suspect Mail" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Network &amp; Storage" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc"	nc:name="Starting a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#page_change">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#html-tag">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#link_properties">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons" nc:name="Add-ons"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-font">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-addons">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-about" nc:name="About Add-ons"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-installing" nc:name="Installing Add-ons"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-manager" nc:name="Using the Add-on Manager"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_behavior" nc:name="Link Behavior" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts &amp; Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_find_as_you_type" nc:name="Find As You Type" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs -->
+<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+
+<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy &amp; Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Website-By-Website" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Websites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning Password Manager On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Master Password Timeout" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Managing SSL Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="Certificates That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="Certificates That Identify People" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_people"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Servers" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="Certificates That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-orphans" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="SSL Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls" nc:name="Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation_prefs" nc:name="Validation Settings" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation-crls">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-next" nc:name="About the Next Update Date" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-import" nc:name="Importing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-view" nc:name="Viewing and Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation_prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-prefs" nc:name="Validation Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-manage" nc:name="Manage CRLs" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-import" nc:name="CRL Import Status" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#crl_import_status"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-auto-update-prefs" nc:name="Automatic CRL Update Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#certs-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="People" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#people"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Servers" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#servers"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="orphan_certs" nc:name="Others" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#others"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#my_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#others_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert_details">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_page" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="untrusted_con_page" nc:name="Untrusted Connection Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#untrusted_connection_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_dialog" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Dialog" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_dialog"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS-->
+<rdf:Description about="#profile-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS -->
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="#tools">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-venkman" nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS -->
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts-text-field" nc:name="Text Field Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#text_field_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac468d55a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+    <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+    %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+    <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT -->
+    <Description rdf:about="urn:root"
+            nc:title="&brandFullName; Help"
+            nc:defaulttopic="welcome"
+            nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/">
+        <nc:panellist>
+            <Seq>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+                        nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+                        nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="search"
+                        nc:datasources="rdf:null"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"
+                        nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]"
+                        nc:emptysearchlink="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="glossary"
+                        nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index"
+                        nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index"
+                        nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+            </Seq>
+        </nc:panellist>
+    </Description>
+</RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..210f09df0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have
+  several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver&apos;s license, an
+  employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different
+  certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to
+  certificates.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own
+      Certificate</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+      Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1>
+
+<p>Much like a credit card or a driver&apos;s license, a certificate is a form
+  of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and
+  other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is
+  typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such
+  identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system
+  administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites
+  offering specialized services that require a means of identification more
+  reliable that your name and password.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the requirements for a driver&apos;s license vary depending on the
+  type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a
+  certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases
+  getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some
+  personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your
+  browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated
+  procedures.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate
+  authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate
+  authorities issuing certificates recognized by &brandShortName;, see the
+  online document
+  <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Included
+  Certificate List</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser
+  comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can
+  also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p>
+
+<p>Like a driver&apos;s license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable
+  form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands.
+  Once you&apos;ve obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should
+  protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If
+  you haven&apos;t yet created a master password, you will be asked to create
+  one.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your
+  master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1>
+
+<p>When you&apos;re viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right
+  corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was
+  protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was
+  being received by your computer:</p>
+
+<table summary="lock icons">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="closed lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/></td>
+    <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it
+      was received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="open lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/></td>
+    <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was
+      received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="broken lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/></td>
+    <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page
+      were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though
+      the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was
+  received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and
+  click the Security tab).</p>
+
+<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been
+    verified. (For information on certificate verification, see
+    <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li>
+  <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are
+    viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption
+  status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be
+  notified before you send or receive information without encryption, select
+  the appropriate SSL warning options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy
+  &amp; Security Preferences - SSL</a> for details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have
+  available. Certificates may be stored on your computer&apos;s hard disk or on
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices
+  attached to your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see
+    the Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify You</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify People</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Servers</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Others</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify You</h2>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you&apos;ll notice that it has
+  several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your
+  Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser or mail client
+  has available that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names
+  of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+  Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+  that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+  obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify People</h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the
+  message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p>
+
+<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else&apos;s encryption certificate
+  is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate
+  Manager automatically stores other people&apos;s certificates whenever they
+  are received in this way.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to
+  the Certificate Manager, click the People tab at the top of the
+  Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for
+  whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names
+  of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+  Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+  that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+  obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+  description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#people">People</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing Certificates
+  that Identify Servers</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites and mail servers use certificates to identify themselves.
+  Such identification is required before the server can encrypt information
+  transferred between it and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one
+  can read the data while in transit.</p>
+
+<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a
+  certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a
+  CA that the Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t know about or doesn&apos;t
+  trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website&apos;s
+  certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate
+  Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Servers tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+  Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+  that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+  obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+  description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+  Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an
+  organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An
+  organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+  (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA
+  certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA
+  certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it
+  issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions
+  about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security
+  needs.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+  Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+  that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+  obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+  description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify Others</h2>
+
+<p>To see all certificates that do not fit into any of the other categories,
+  click the Others tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+  description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#others">Others</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards
+  and Other Security Devices</h1>
+
+<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card,
+  that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about
+  your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private
+  keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and
+  performing cryptographic operations.</p>
+
+<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece
+  of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer
+  that controls the reader.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device
+  (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides
+  cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the
+  Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices
+      and Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and
+  Modules</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security
+  devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices,
+  including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard
+  (PKCS) #11.</p>
+
+<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes
+  called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the
+  same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer
+  or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11
+  module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart
+  card reader.</p>
+
+<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that
+  manage three security devices:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two
+    security devices:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device
+        that performs all cryptographic operations required by the
+        &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li>
+      <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates
+        and keys that aren&apos;t stored on external security devices,
+        including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition
+        to those that come with the browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device
+    called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with
+    the browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To
+  open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the
+  security devices managed by each module below its name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the
+  middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software
+  Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device.
+    If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for
+    the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser
+    software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot
+  perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which
+  are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must
+  first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect
+  any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the
+  hardware.</p>
+
+<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load
+  it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click Load.</li>
+  <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate
+    the module file, and click Open.</li>
+  <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click
+    OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you
+  assigned to it.</p>
+
+<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a
+  US government standard for implementations of cryptographic
+  modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data
+  or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying
+  digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with
+  one or more of the FIPS standards.</p>
+
+<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal
+    PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable
+    FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange
+  information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form&mdash;that
+  is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can
+  make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL.
+  By default, the browser supports both SSL and TLS. This approach works for
+  most people, because it guarantees that the browser will work with virtually
+  all other existing software on the Internet that supports any version of SSL
+  or TLS.</p>
+
+<p>However, in some circumstances system administrators or other knowledgeable
+  persons may wish to adjust the SSL settings to fine-tune them for special
+  security needs or to account for bugs in some older software products.</p>
+
+<p>You shouldn&apos;t adjust the SSL settings for your browser unless you know
+  what you&apos;re doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. If
+  you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, select SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1>
+
+<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your
+  Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a
+  driver&apos;s license, that you can use to identify yourself over the
+  Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver&apos;s license, a
+  certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore,
+  your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate
+  in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and
+  how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some
+  familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you
+  should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any
+  of your browser&apos;s certificate validation settings.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2>
+
+<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it
+  takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that
+  the CA&apos;s digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose
+  own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager&apos;s list of
+  available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of
+  certificate being verified.</p>
+
+<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA
+  certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and
+  correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate
+  being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If
+  any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as
+  unverified and won&apos;t recognize the identity it certifies.</p>
+
+<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way;
+  for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person
+  has gained access to the certificate&apos;s private key. A compromised
+  certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be
+  the certificate owner.</p>
+
+<p>One way to combat this threat is for Certificate Manager to check a
+  certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the verification process (see
+  <a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>, below). Typically, you download a
+  CRL to your browser by clicking a link. If a CRL is present, Certificate
+  Manager checks any certificate issued by the same CA against the list as part
+  of the verification process.</p>
+
+<p>The reliability of CRLs depends on the frequency with which they are both
+  updated by a server and checked by a client. You can configure your
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic
+  CRL Update Preferences</a> so that a CRL will be updated automatically at
+  regular intervals with the version currently on the server.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use a
+  special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP).
+  Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see
+  <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p>
+
+<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically
+  from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure
+  Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP
+  responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is
+  valid.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_crls">Managing CRLs</h2>
+
+<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates. A
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  might revoke a certificate, for example, if it has been compromised in some
+  way&mdash;much the way a credit card company might revoke your credit card if
+  you report that it&apos;s been stolen.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import and manage CRLs.</p>
+
+<p>For background information, see
+  <a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed descriptions of CRL settings that you can control, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q>
+      Date</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_crls">Importing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q> Date</h3>
+
+<p>The browser uses the CRLs it has available to check the validity of
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. If a certificate is listed as
+  revoked, the browser won&apos;t accept it as evidence of identity.</p>
+
+<p>A CA typically publishes an updated CRL at regular intervals. Every CRL
+  includes a date, specified in the Next Update field, by which the CA will
+  publish the next update of that CRL. In general, if the date in the Next
+  Update field is earlier than the current date, you should obtain the most
+  recent version of the CRL. To view CRL information and set up automatic CRL
+  updating, see <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+  CRLs</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CAs are required to produce a new CRL by the Next Update date. However, the
+  absence of the most recent CRL does not by itself invalidate a certificate.
+  For this reason, if the most recent CRL is not available, a certificate may
+  be validated even though the most recent CRL shows it as expired. Automatic
+  CRL updating can help to avoid this situation.</p>
+
+<h3 id="importing_crls">Importing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can import the latest CRL from a CA into your browser. To import a CRL,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to the URL specified by the CA or by your system administrator and
+    click the link for the CRL that you want to import.
+    
+    <p>The Import Status dialog box appears.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Confirm that the CRL was imported successfully and that it&apos;s the one
+    you wanted. In most cases you should also click Yes, which enables
+    automatic updating of the CRL you just imported.</li>
+  <li>The next step depends on whether you click Yes or No in the Import Status
+    dialog box: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box
+        appears. In this case, go on to step 4.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: The Import Status dialog box closes. If you
+        change your mind and decide to enable automatic updates after all, see
+        <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+        CRLs</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can view and manage CRLs available to the browser through the
+  browser&apos;s Validation preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage CRLs in the Validation panel to see a list of the CRLs
+    available to Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete or update a CRL, select it and click the appropriate button.</p>
+
+<p>To set up automatic updates for a CRL, select the CRL and click Settings.
+  The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box appears:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2>
+
+<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Validation preferences. To view
+  Validation preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#ocsp">OCSP</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..711dc7782e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,796 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Privacy Features</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by
+  some websites. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the
+  page&apos;s cookies by doing two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>set</strong>
+    (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>read</strong>
+    cookies it previously stored on your computer. A website can&apos;t
+    actually read cookies or any other data on your computer&mdash;instead,
+    your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies
+      Website-By-Website</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies
+  preferences. The default setting is <q>Allow all cookies</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your Cookies preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see
+  <a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Website-By-Website</h2>
+
+<p>To set cookie permissions for the current website:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the following items:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Website</strong>: Block the
+          current website from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset
+          cookie permission for the current website and use the
+          <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow
+          the current website to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from
+          this website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow the
+          current website to set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several websites
+  or a website you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p>
+
+<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in
+  <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+  Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a website is asking to
+  set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to
+  Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p>
+
+<p>Other dialog options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this website</strong>:
+    If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time
+    that website tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or
+    <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>:
+    Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed
+    information</a> of the cookie.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager
+  to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and
+  <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie websites</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a website:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or
+    denied cookies are listed.</li>
+  <li>Click to select the website from which you no longer want to automatically
+    accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the information displayed, see
+  <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this
+  section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All
+    Cookies.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Even though you&apos;ve removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those
+  same cookies the next time you return to the website.</p>
+
+<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don&apos;t
+  allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this
+  checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that you are removing are
+  added to the list of websites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other
+  aspects of cookie handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see
+  <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>Your browser is set by default to accept all cookies. This section describes
+  how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change that setting. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Cookies help websites keep track of information for you, such as the
+  contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities&apos; weather you want
+  to know about. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>You can select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all
+    cookies.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select
+    this option if you don&apos;t want to accept or return
+    <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign
+    cookies</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: This is the default option. Select
+    this option to permit all websites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on
+    your computer.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By
+  blocking cookies you only block websites from setting new cookies, and old
+  cookies will still be sent to websites. To completely block a website from
+  receiving old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its
+  cookies</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-website cookie permission</a>
+  supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a website to set
+  cookies, the website can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>.
+</p>
+
+<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also
+  select the following preferences:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this
+    if you want websites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete
+    the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer,
+    then type the number of days.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want
+    Cookie Manager to warn you each time a website is about to store a cookie.
+    In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so
+    that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the website is setting cookies
+    which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view
+    information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which
+    websites are allowed to set them.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the
+  websites they belong to, and their current status.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that
+  cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Item</th>
+      <th>Explanation</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody class="tbody-default">
+    <tr>
+      <td>Name</td>
+      <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Information</td>
+      <td>A string of characters containing the information a website tracks
+        for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are
+        identified to the website, information about your interests, and so
+        forth.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Host or domain</td>
+      <td>Provides the name of the cookie&apos;s host or domain.
+
+        <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent
+          visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that
+          set it.</p>
+
+        <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any website
+          that&apos;s in the same domain as the website that set it. A
+          website&apos;s domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of
+          an organization, business, or school&mdash;such as netscape.com or
+          washington.org.</p>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Path</td>
+      <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent
+        back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example,
+        <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set
+        for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Send For</td>
+      <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means
+        that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a
+        cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted
+        (HTTPS).</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Expires</td>
+      <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The
+        browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies
+    from the list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the
+    list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back
+  into the list later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t allow websites that set removed cookies to set future
+    cookies</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the
+  next time you return to the website. To prevent that from happening, select
+  this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that
+  you are removing are added to the list of websites whose cookies will
+  automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the websites for which
+  your decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also
+  allows you to add and remove websites from the list.</p>
+
+<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Websites</h3>
+
+<p>To add cookies websites manually:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Enter the website address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li>
+  <li>Set the website cookie permission:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+        website blocked from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+        website that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this
+        website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+        website that can set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Repeat the steps to add additional websites.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Websites</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a cookie website:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Removes the selected website or websites
+    from the list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Removes all websites from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve removed a website from this list, Cookie Manager remembers
+  nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in
+  the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any website not in this
+  list requests permission to set a cookie.</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1>
+
+<p>Many websites require you to type a user name and password before you can
+  enter the website. For instance, personalized pages and websites containing
+  your financial information usually require you to log in.</p>
+
+<p>The user name and password you use at a particular website can be read by the
+  site&apos;s administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log
+  into other websites where you may have used the same user name and password.
+  If this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every
+  website with which you register.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and
+  passwords by storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering
+  them for you automatically when you visit such websites.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href=
+      "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+      Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering
+      User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager
+      On and Off</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing
+      Stored Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+  Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an
+  opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you
+  enter while using the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For example, after you log onto a website from a page that requests a user
+  name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password
+  Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can
+  click one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the website you&apos;ll
+    see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to
+    do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the
+    server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in
+    the future if you want to save your user name and password for that
+    website.</li>
+  <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won&apos;t remember the user name
+    and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any
+  other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box
+  for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a
+  password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further
+  action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and
+  password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password
+  Manager fills in the information.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in
+  a file that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.
+  See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored
+  Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user
+  names and passwords with encryption technology.</p>
+
+<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you
+  click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may
+  be turned off or the website may disallow its use.</p>
+
+<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see
+  <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On
+  and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names
+  and Passwords Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names
+  and passwords on your behalf:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a
+    website (using the three-button dialog box described in
+    <a href=
+    "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+    Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>).
+
+    <p>The next time you visit the website, Password Manager automatically fills
+      in your user name and password on the website&apos;s log in page. You can
+      then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to
+      the server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an
+    email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login
+    information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use
+    Password Manager to remember these values</q>.
+
+    <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password
+      Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same
+      dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the
+      server.</p>
+
+    <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account,
+      &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does
+      so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further
+      action on your part.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and
+  Off</h2>
+
+<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q>
+    to turn Password Manager off.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the
+  checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of
+  websites from which logon information never is saved:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage
+    Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with
+    the Passwords Saved tab opened.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your
+        choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+      <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The
+        next time you visit the website, you will need to enter your user name
+        and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+    Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the websites for which
+    you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To
+    remove a website from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next
+    time you log into the website, you can use the stored user name and
+    password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save
+    the information for that website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive
+  Information</h1>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive
+  information is stored on your computer in a file that&apos;s difficult, but
+  not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p>
+
+<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have
+  access to it, it&apos;s possible for a determined person to read the file
+  containing your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with
+  encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to
+  view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a
+  tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p>
+
+<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+  periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don&apos;t, it may be easier
+  for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master
+      Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your
+      Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If
+      You Forget Your Master Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To enable encryption of passwords you need to set a master password. If
+  your master password has not previously been set, you can set it at this
+  time:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on
+  how to improve password security, see 
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To change your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> 
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your current master password.</li>
+  <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master
+  Password</h2>
+
+<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each
+  &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive
+  information.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to require that your master password be requested
+  each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For
+  details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master
+  Password Timeout</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again
+  before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful
+  if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p>
+
+<p>To log out of your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li>
+  <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget
+  Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you forget your master password, you won&apos;t be able to access any of
+  the stored password it protects. Your master password is your most important
+  password. Make sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p>
+
+<p>As a last resort, it&apos;s possible to reset your master password if you
+  are sure you can&apos;t remember it. However, resetting your master password
+  permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by
+  Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+  Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking this drastic step, read
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are sure you can&apos;t remember or retrieve your master password,
+  follow these instructions to reset it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li>
+  <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1>
+
+<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the
+  web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if
+  you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to
+  load.</p>
+
+<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation,
+  or turn off animation completely.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default
+  settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their
+  animation.</p>
+
+<h2 id="images">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Images</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the
+  preference settings for images:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Images. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3>
+
+<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether or under what
+  conditions the &brandShortName; browser should display images:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not
+    want the &brandShortName; browser to display images.</li>
+  <li><strong>Only load images that come from the originating
+    server</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from
+    third-party websites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Load all images</strong>: Select this option if you want to
+    display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Animated images should loop</h3>
+
+<p>These settings control how many times animated images repeat their
+  animation:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if you
+    want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within each
+    image. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to occur
+    once, overriding the number of times specified within each image.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image
+    animation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..558da85150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Validation Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="validation_settings">Validation Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set Validation preferences and how to control
+  Certificate Revocation List (CRL) settings.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to validation and
+  CRLs, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How
+  Certificate Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy &amp;
+      Security Preferences - Validation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#manage_crls">Manage CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#crl_import_status">CRL Import Status</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Validation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Validation Settings panel. If you are
+  not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For background information on certificate validation, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How Certificate
+  Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="crl">CRL</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates that
+  is generated and signed by a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+  (CA)</a>. It&apos;s possible to download a CRL to your browser, which can
+  check it to ensure that certificates are still valid before permitting their
+  use for authentication.</p>
+
+<p>Click Manage CRLs to see a list of the CRLs available to Certificate
+  Manager.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about managing CRLs, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3>
+
+<p>The Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) makes it possible for
+  Certificate Manager to perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s
+  validity each time the certificate is viewed or used. This process involves
+  checking the certificate against a certificate revocation list (CRL)
+  maintained at a specified server. Your computer must be online for OCSP to
+  work.</p>
+
+<p>To specify how Certificate Manager uses OCSP, choose one of these settings
+  in the OCSP section of Validation Settings:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) to confirm the
+    current validity of certificates</strong>: Select this setting if you want
+    Certificate Manager to perform an online status check each time it verifies
+    a certificate. If this setting is off, Certificate Manager will only
+    confirm the certificate&apos;s validity period and that it is correctly
+    signed by a CA whose own CA certificate is both listed under the CA
+    Certificates tab (in the main Certificate Manager window) and marked as
+    trusted for issuing that kind of certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Validate a certificate if it specifies a OCSP server</strong>:
+    Select this setting for online validation of certificates that provides a
+    validation service address (Service URL). Certificate Manager makes sure
+    that the certificate is listed as valid at the URL and checks validity
+    period and trust settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Validate all certificates using the following OSCP
+    server</strong>: Select this setting if you want to specify a OCSP server
+    for the validation of all certificates. If you select this setting, you
+    should also choose the certificate from the Response Signer pop-up menu
+    that identifies the signer of the OCSP responses. With this setting, the
+    only certificates Certificate Manager recognizes are those that can be
+    verified by an OCSP response signed with the Response Signer certificate
+    (or signed using a certificate that chains to it).
+
+    <p>When you choose a Response Signer certificate from the pop-up menu,
+      Certificate Manager fills in the Service URL (if available) for that
+      signer automatically. If the Service URL is not filled in automatically,
+      you must provide it yourself; ask your system administrator for
+      details.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When an OCSP server connection fails, treat the certificate as
+    invalid</strong>: Select this if you want the validation to fail if a
+    connection to the OCSP server can&apos;t be established.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="manage_crls">Manage CRLs</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Manage CRLs dialog box. To view it,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage CRLs.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>This dialog box displays a list of the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#crl">CRLs</a> that you have
+  downloaded for use by your browser. Typically, you download a CRL by
+  clicking a URL. For information about how CRLs work, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To select a CRL, click it. You can then perform any of these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Deletes the CRL permanently from your hard disk.
+    Don&apos;t do this unless you&apos;re sure you no longer need the CRL for
+    validating certificates. If in doubt, consult your system
+    administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Settings</strong>: Opens the
+    <a href="#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update
+    Preferences</a> dialog box, which allows you to activate automatic CRL
+    updates for the selected CRL and specify how frequently they should be
+    performed.</li>
+  <li><strong>Update</strong>: Immediately updates the selected CRL
+  (if possible).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Manage CRLs dialog box provides the following information about each
+  CRL:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Organization (O)</strong>: The name of the organization that
+    issued the CRL.</li>
+  <li><strong>Organizational Unit (OU)</strong>: The name of the organizational
+    unit that issued the CRL (such as the root CA for a particular kind of
+    certificate).</li>
+  <li><strong>Last Update</strong>: The date on which the browser&apos;s copy
+    of this CRL was last updated.</li>
+  <li><strong>Next Update</strong>: The next date on which an updated version
+    of this CRL will be published by the CRL issuer.</li>
+  <li><strong>Auto Update</strong>: Indicates whether Auto Update has been
+    enabled for this CRL. To view the settings that control auto updating,
+    select the CRL and click Settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Auto Update Status</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If Auto Update has not been enabled, or if it has been enabled but
+        the next scheduled update has not yet occurrred, this field will be
+        blank.</li>
+      <li>After at least one auto update has occurred, this field shows
+        <q>failed</q> if the most recent auto update failed, or
+        <q>OK</q> if the most recent auto update was successful.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="crl_import_status">CRL Import Status</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the CRL Import Status dialog box, which
+  appears when you first attempt to import a CRL or when you successfully
+  update it manually.</p>
+
+<p>This dialog box informs you</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>whether your attempt to import or update the CRL was successful</li>
+  <li>what organization issued the CRL</li>
+  <li>when the next update of this CRL will be published</li>
+  <li>whether Automatic Update is enabled for this CRL</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If Automatic Update is not enabled, you can turn it on from here:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Click Yes to enable automatic updating of this CRL.
+    If you click this button, the Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box
+    appears next. The next section describes how to set these preferences.</li>
+  <li><strong>No</strong>: Click No if you wish to leave Automatic Update
+    disabled.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Automatic CRL Update Preferences
+  dialog box. If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage CRLs, then select the CRL whose auto update preferences you
+    want to view or change.</li>
+  <li>Click Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>This dialog box displays the following options and information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable Automatic Update for this CRL</strong>: Select this option
+    if you want the CRL you selected to be updated automatically according to
+    the schedule you set here. (Note that you can&apos;t select this option if
+    the CRL doesn&apos;t specify a Next Update date.)
+
+    <p>If you enable Automatic Update, you must select one of these radio
+      buttons:</p>
+      <ul>
+        <li><strong>Update X days before Next Update date</strong>: Select this
+          option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency with
+          which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+        <li><strong>Update every X days</strong>: Select this option if you
+          want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+          Update date.</li>
+      </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>CRL would be imported from</strong>: Indicates the URL from which
+    the browser originally imported the CRL. This setting cannot be changed. To
+    specify a different location, delete the CRL and re-import it from the new
+    location.</li>
+  <li><strong>Previous Consecutive Update Failures</strong>: Indicates how
+    many times update attempts for this CRL have failed consecutively,
+    including the most recent failure:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If the most recent attempt was successful, this reads
+        <q>None</q> even if there were previous unsuccessful
+        attempts.</li>
+      <li>If the most recent attempt failed, this indicates the number of
+        consecutive failures and the error message for the most recent
+        failure.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm your choices.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87d1596b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+   
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1>
+
+<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click
+  topics in the left-hand sidebar</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see
+  <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p>
+
+<table width="100%" border="0">
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td>
+    <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with
+        &brandShortName;.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>The oldest community website around, providing news flashes, polls, and
+        Web forums.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/start/1.5/troubleshooting/">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>&nbsp;</td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine
+        Forums</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/support/#community">User
+        Newsgroups</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/seamonkey/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p>
+      <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45c27117ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window"
+                  nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#use-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-finding-the-topic-you-want" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want"
+                  nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-search" nc:name="Search Tips"
+                  nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35145eaef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey            "p">
+
+<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey           "F">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey        "G">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2       "VK_F3">
+
+<!ENTITY backButton.label               "Atrás">
+<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey           "t">
+<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip             "Retroceder unha páxina">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.label            "Reenviar">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey        "e">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip          "Avanzar unha páxina">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                  "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey              "C">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label             "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey         "t">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey           "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey        "]">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.label               "Inicio">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip             "Ir á páxina de inicio da axuda">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label              "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip            "Imprimir esta páxina">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey         "W">
+
+<!ENTITY search.emptytext               "Buscar">
+<!ENTITY searchHeader.label             "Resultados da busca">
+<!ENTITY toctab.label                   "Contidos">
+<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey               "n">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and
+fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom.
+If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them,
+you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2  "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2   "">
+
+<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey          "k">
+
+<!ENTITY zLevel.label                   "Sempre na parte superior">
+<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey               "s">
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label        "Reducir">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label       "Ampliar">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey   "A">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6047768883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+emptySearchText=Non se atopou ningún elemento.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ecfbeeb86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+    <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+    %brandDTD;
+]
+>
+<!--
+Contributors:
+  R.J. Keller <rlk@trfenv.com> (original author)
+  Jeff Walden <jwalden+code@mit.edu>
+  Steffen Wilberg <steffen.wilberg@web.de>
+-->
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <title>Using the Help Window</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="chrome://help/skin/helpFileLayout.css"/>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2>
+
+<p>To display help information in this window, click a topic in the
+  <em>Contents</em> sidebar. Click the <span class="noMac">plus icon</span>
+  <span class="mac">triangle</span> next to a topic to see its subtopics.</p>
+
+<p>To search for a help topic, type a word or phrase in the <em>Search</em> bar
+  to see related topics. Click on a topic to read about it. If your search
+  doesn't return any topics, try typing fewer words or a different combination
+  of words. The results will be displayed in the sidebar as you type. To
+  display the contents in the sidebar again, clear the <em>Search</em> bar or
+  press <kbd>Esc</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click links in
+  the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.  You can also move
+  back and forth between pages you've already seen using the Back and Forward
+  buttons.</p>
+
+<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2>
+
+<p>If you don't find what you want, here are a few helpful tips:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to
+    &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li>
+  <li>Try to broaden your search - don't be too specific; terms could be worded
+    differently than your search.</li>
+  <li>Avoid being too broad with your search.  For example, a common word like
+    &quot;page&quot; will likely return more topics than you want.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18f730afe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title           "Asistente de importación">
+
+<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label             "Importar todos os elementos de:">
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label       "Importar marcadores:">
+
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label     "Thunderbird">
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.label            "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey        "F">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label         "Non importar nada">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey     "d">
+
+<!ENTITY importSource.title              "Importar configuración e datos">
+<!ENTITY importItems.title               "Elementos para importar">
+<!ENTITY importItems.label               "Escolla os elementos que quere importar:">
+
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.title             "Seleccionar perfil">
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.label             "Os seguintes perfís están dispoñíbeis para seren importados desde:">
+
+<!ENTITY migrating.title                 "Importando…">
+<!ENTITY migrating.label                 "Estanse a importar os seguintes elementos…">
+
+<!ENTITY done.title                      "Importación completa">
+<!ENTITY done.label                      "Importáronse correctamente os seguintes elementos:">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a6e1e71ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# the following section is used in the first-time migration wizard
+# new and scary, however if these strings are not present, we will simply 
+# skip this wizard page
+homePageStartDefault=Páxina de inicio predeterminada do SeaMonkey
+homePageStartCurrent=Páxina de inicio actual do SeaMonkey
+homePageImport=Importe a súa páxina de inicio desde %S
+
+homePageMigrationPageTitle=Selección da páxina de inicio
+homePageMigrationDescription=Seleccione a páxina de inicio que desexe usar:
+# end safe-to-not-have section
+
+# note that the names of apps are in lower case to fit in with the
+# protocol specifications.
+sourceNamethunderbird=Thunderbird
+
+importedBookmarksFolder=De %S
+
+importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle=SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 ou Mozilla 1.x
+
+# Import Sources
+# These are the string names for the values given in nsISuiteProfileMigrator.idl
+# _generic will apply to all import sources unless specifically overriden by another
+# item.
+# e.g. 1_ie=Internet Options will display "Internet Options" rather than "Preferences" when
+# importing from Internet Explorer.
+1_generic=Preferencias
+
+2_generic=Cookies
+
+4_generic=Historial de navegación
+
+8_generic=Páxina de inicio
+
+16_generic=Contrasinais gardados
+
+32_generic=Marcadores
+
+64_generic=Outros datos
+
+128_generic=Configuración da conta
+
+256_generic=Axendas de enderezos
+
+512_generic=Adestramento de correo lixo
+
+1024_generic=Cartafoles dos grupos de noticias
+
+2048_generic=Cartafoles do correo
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16fb147e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+crashedpluginsMessage.title=Fallou o engadido %S.
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.label=Recargar a páxina
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.accesskey=R
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.label=Enviar un informe de falla
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.accesskey=E
+crashedpluginsMessage.learnMore=Obter máis información…
+
+popupWarningButton=Preferencias
+popupWarningButton.accesskey=P
+
+xpinstallHostNotAvailable=equipo descoñecido
+xpinstallPromptWarning=%S evitou que este sitio web (%S) solicitase instalar software no seu computador.
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton=Instalar software…
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey=I
+xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked=O administrador do sistema desactivou a instalación de software.
+xpinstallDisabledMessage=A instalación de software está desactivada. Prema Activar e tente de novo.
+xpinstallDisabledButton=Activar
+xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonDownloading, addonDownloadCancelled):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The number of add-ons is not itself substituted in the string.
+addonDownloading=Descargando complemento:;Descargando complementos:
+addonDownloadCancelled=Cancelouse a descarga do complemento;Canceláronse as descargas dos complementos.
+addonDownloadCancelButton=Cancelar
+addonDownloadCancelButton.accesskey=C
+addonDownloadRestartButton=Reiniciar
+addonDownloadRestartButton.accesskey=R
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsInstalled, addonsInstalledNeedsRestart):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 first add-on's name, #2 number of add-ons, #3 application name
+addonsInstalled=#1 instalouse correctamente.;#2 complementos instaláronse correctamente.
+addonsInstalledNeedsRestart=#1 instalarase despois de reiniciar #3.;#2 complementos instalaranse despois de reiniciar #3.
+addonInstallRestartButton=Reiniciar agora
+addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey=R
+addonInstallManageButton=Abrir o Xestor de complementos
+addonInstallManageButton.accesskey=o
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonError-1, addonError-2, addonError-3, addonError-4, addonErrorIncompatible, addonErrorBlocklisted):
+# #1 is the add-on name, #2 is the host name, #3 is the application name
+# #4 is the application version
+addonError-1=Non foi posíbel descargar o complemento por un erro da conexión en #2.
+addonError-2=Non foi posíbel instalar o complemento de #2 porque non coincide co complemento #3 esperado.
+addonError-3=Non foi posíbel instalar o complemento descargado de #2 porque parece estar danado.
+addonError-4=Non foi posíbel instalar #1 porque non é posíbel que #3 modifique o ficheiro necesario.
+addonErrorBlocklisted=Non foi posíbel instalar #1 porque o risco de que cause problemas de estabilidade ou seguranza é alto.
+addonErrorIncompatible=Non foi posíbel instalar #1 porque non é compatíbel co #3 #4.
+
+# Light Weight Themes
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeInstallRequest.message): %S will be replaced with
+# the host name of the site.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.message=Este sitio (%S) tentou instalar un tema. Prema en Permitir para continuar.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton=Permitir
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton.accesskey=P
+
+lwthemeInstallNotification.message=Instalouse un novo tema.
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton=Desfacer
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton.accesskey=D
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton=Xestionar temas…
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton.accesskey=m
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeNeedsRestart.message):
+# %S will be replaced with the new theme name.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.message=Instalarase %S despois de reiniciar.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton=Reiniciar agora
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton.accesskey=R
+
+geolocation.remember=Lembrar para este sitio web
+
+# IndexedDB
+offlineApps.permissions=Este sitio web (%S) solicita almacenar datos no computador para a súa utilización sen conexión.
+offlineApps.quota=Este sitio web (%1$S) tenta almacenar máis de %2$SMB de datos no seu computador para o seu uso sen conexión.
+offlineApps.later=Agora non
+offlineApps.later.accesskey=n
+
+# Block autorefresh
+refreshBlocked.goButton=Permitir
+refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey=P
+refreshBlocked.refreshLabel=%S evitou que esta páxina se recargue automaticamente.
+refreshBlocked.redirectLabel=%S evitou o redireccionamento automático desta a outra páxina.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (updatePrompt.text)
+# %S will be replaced with the application name.
+updatePrompt.text=A súa copia de %S é antiga e probabelmente teña fallos de seguranza coñecidos, pero vostede desactivou a busca automática de actualizacións. Actualice a unha versión máis recente.
+updatePromptCheckButton.label=Buscar actualizacións
+updatePromptCheckButton.accesskey=c
+
+SecurityTitle=Aviso de seguranza
+MixedContentMessage=Solicitou unha páxina cifrada que contén algunha información sen cifrar. A información ve ou introduza nesta páxina podería ser lida con facilidade por terceiras persoas.
+EnterInsecureMessage=Saíu dunha páxina cifrada. A información que envíe ou reciba dende agora podería ser lida con facilidade por terceiras persoas.
+EnterSecureMessage=Solicitou unha páxina cifrada. Identificouse correctamente o sitio web e a información que vexa ou introduza nesta páxina non é posíbel que se lea con facilidade por terceiras persoas.
+SecurityPreferences.label=Preferenzas
+SecurityPreferences.accesskey=P
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureMessage=A información que introduciu enviarase por unha conexión non cifrada e podería ser lida con facilidade por terceiras persoas.\nEstá seguro de que quere continuar a enviar esta información?
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureShowAgain=Avisarme sempre que envíe información sen cifrar.
+PostToInsecureContinue=Continuar
+
+# Phishing/Malware Notification Bar.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notAForgery, notAnAttack)
+# The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so
+# it's okay for them to have the same access key.
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.label=¡Sácame de aquí! 
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.accessKey=q
+safebrowsing.reportedAttackSite=Sitio denunciado como atacante!
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.label=Non é un sitio atacante…
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.accessKey=a
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ac6b4189f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY enter.label "Introduza o enderezo da páxina web (URL) ou especifique o ficheiro local que desexa abrir:">  
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (enter.accesskey): should be present in both enter.label
+     as defined above and attachEnterLabel as defined in
+     openLocation.properties -->
+<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Escoller ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY newPrivate.label "Nova xanela privada ">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Nova xanela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY newTab.label "Nova lapela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY currentTab.label "Lapela actual do navegador">
+<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "Nova xanela de Composer">
+<!ENTITY open.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY caption.label "Abrir o enderezo web">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Abrir en:">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "A">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..737b48d658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+attachTitle=Anexar páxina web
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachEnterLabel): should contain "enter.accesskey"
+# as defined in openLocation.dtd
+attachEnterLabel=Escriba o enderezo da páxina web (URL) ou especifique o ficheiro local que desexa anexar:
+attachButtonLabel=Anexar
+chooseFileDialogTitle=Escoller un ficheiro
+existingNavigatorWindow=Xanela do navegador existente
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..498fe3e57a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY     tab.cookiesonsystem.label      "Cookies almacenadas">
+<!ENTITY     tab.bannedservers.label        "Sitios web que usan cookies">
+<!ENTITY     div.bannedservers.label        "Xestionar os sitios web que poden ou non poden almacenar cookies no computador.">
+<!ENTITY     div.cookiesonsystem.label      "Ver e eliminar as cookies que están almacenadas no computador.">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiename.label      "Nome da cookie">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiedomain.label    "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookieexpires.label   "Caduca">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.infoselected.label    "Información sobre a cookie seleccionada">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.label      "Eliminar cookie">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.label  "Eliminar todas as cookies">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY     search.placeholder             "Buscar nas cookies">
+<!ENTITY     focusSearch.key                "f">
+<!ENTITY     selectAll.key                  "a">
+
+<!ENTITY     props.name.label               "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY     props.value.label              "Contido:">
+<!ENTITY     props.domain.label             "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY     props.path.label               "Camiño:">
+<!ENTITY     props.secure.label             "Enviar a:">
+<!ENTITY     props.expires.label            "Caduca:">
+
+<!ENTITY     treehead.sitename.label        "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.status.label          "Estado">
+<!ENTITY     windowtitle.label              "Xestor de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.label                "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.accesskey            "B">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.label                "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.accesskey            "P">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.label         "Sesión">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.label         "Eliminar o sitio web">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.label     "Eliminar todos os sitios web">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.label            "Non permitirlle estabelecer cookies no futuro aos sitios web que se lle eliminaron as cookies">
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.accesskey        "k">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..468e08fa9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# note this section of the code may require some tinkering in other languages =(
+# format in dialog: site [can/cannot] set cookies
+can=o sitio web pode estabelecer cookies
+cannot=non é posíbel que o sitio web estabeleza cookies
+canSession=o sitio web pode estabelecer cookies de sesión
+domain=Dominio para o que se aplica esta cookie:
+host=Servidor que estabeleceu a cookie:
+hostColon=Servidor:
+domainColon=Dominio:
+forSecureOnly=Só conexións cifradas
+forAnyConnection=Calquera tipo de conexión
+expireAtEndOfSession=Á fin da sesión
+deleteAllCookies=Está seguro de que quere eliminar todas as cookies?
+deleteAllCookiesTitle=Eliminar todas as cookies
+deleteAllCookiesYes=Elimina&r
+deleteAllCookiesSites=Está seguro de que quere eliminar todos os sitios web de cookies?
+deleteAllSitesTitle=Eliminar todos os sitios web
+deleteAllSitesYes=Elimina&r
+deleteSelectedCookies=Está seguro de que quere eliminar as cookies seleccionadas?
+deleteSelectedCookiesTitle=Eliminar as cookies seleccionadas
+deleteSelectedCookiesYes=Elimina&r
+deleteSelectedCookiesSites=Está seguro de que quere eliminar os sitios web de cookies seleccionados?
+deleteSelectedSitesTitle=Eliminar os sitios web seleccionados
+deleteSelectedSitesYes=Elimina&r
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b2d557b00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowtitle.label              "Excepcións">
+<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label        "Sitio web">
+<!ENTITY treehead.status.label          "Estado">
+<!ENTITY remove.label                   "Eliminar o sitio web">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey               "r">
+<!ENTITY removeall.label                "Eliminar todos os sitios web">
+<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey            "E">
+<!ENTITY address.label                  "Enderezo do sitio web:">
+<!ENTITY address.accesskey              "d">
+<!ENTITY block.label                    "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY block.accesskey                "B">
+<!ENTITY session.label                  "Permitir nesta sesión">
+<!ENTITY session.accesskey              "s">
+<!ENTITY allow.label                    "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY allow.accesskey                "P">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..336a8d3f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+installpermissionstext=Pode especificar que sitios web teñen permiso para instalar extensións e actualizacións. Escriba o enderezo exacto do sitio web e logo prema Permitir.
+installpermissionstitle=Sitios web permitidos - Instalación de software
+installpermissionshelp=advanced_pref_installation
+popuppermissionstext=Pode especificar que sitios web teñen permiso para abrir xanelas emerxentes. Escriba o enderezo exacto do sitio web e logo prema Permitir.
+popuppermissionstitle=Sitios web permitidos - Xanelas emerxentes
+popuppermissionshelp=pop_up_blocking
+imagepermissionstext=Pode especificar que sitios web teñen permiso para cargar imaxes. Escriba o enderezo exacto do sitio web e logo prema Bloquear ou Permitir.
+imagepermissionstitle=Excepcións - Imaxes
+imagepermissionshelp=images-help-managing
+offline-apppermissionstext=Pode especificar que sitios web poden almacenar datos para a utilización sen conexión. Escriba o enderezo exacto do sitio web e logo prema Bloquear ou Permitir.
+offline-apppermissionstitle=Datos sen conexión
+offline-apppermissionshelp=offline_apps
+
+can=Permitir
+canSession=Permitir nesta sesión
+cannot=Bloquear
+
+alertInvalidTitle=Introduciuse un sitio web incorrecto
+alertInvalid=O sitio web %S é incorrecto.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c53b193c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+load-js-data-url-error=Por motivos de seguranza non se é posíbel cargar nin o URL de Javascript nin os datos na barra lateral do historial.
+noTitle=(sen título)
+
+bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder=(Baleiro)
+
+bookmarksBackupTitle=Nome do ficheiro de copia de seguranza dos marcadores
+
+bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle=Reverter marcadores
+bookmarksRestoreAlert=Esta acción substituirá os marcadores polos da copia de seguranza. Ten a certeza de querer facelo?
+bookmarksRestoreTitle=Seleccione unha copia de seguranza dos marcadores
+bookmarksRestoreFilterName=JSON
+
+bookmarksRestoreFormatError=Tipo de ficheiro non compatíbel.
+bookmarksRestoreParseError=Non foi posíbel procesar o ficheiro de copia de seguranza.
+
+bookmarksLivemarkLoading=Cargando marcador dinámico…
+bookmarksLivemarkFailed=Produciuse un fallo ao cargar a fonte do marcador dinámico.
+
+menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label=Abrir "%S"
+
+searchBookmarks=Buscar nos marcadores
+
+SelectImport=Importar ficheiro de marcadores
+EnterExport=Exportar ficheiro de marcadores
+
+detailsPane.noItems=Sen elementos
+
+mostVisitedTitle=Máis visitados
+recentlyBookmarkedTitle=Marcados recentemente
+recentTagsTitle=Etiquetas recentes
+
+OrganizerQueryHistory=Historial
+OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks=Todos os marcadores
+OrganizerQueryTags=Etiquetas
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..941227e694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Advanced' prefs settings -->
+<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title        "Opcións avanzadas">
+
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption   "Integración co sistema">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label "Comprobar a configuración de aplicativos predeterminados ao iniciar">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "C">
+
+<!ENTITY crashReports.caption       "Informador de erros">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.label        "Enviar informes de erro">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.accesskey    "s">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bb131dcfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Aparencia">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label                    "Cando &brandShortName; se inicia, abrir">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.label                         "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey                     "g">
+<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label                  "Mostrar as barras de ferramentas como">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label                   "Imaxes e texto">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey               "x">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label                    "Só as imaxes">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey                "i">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label                    "Só o texto">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey                "x">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label                 "Mostrar suxestións">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey             "t">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.locales.title                     "Idioma da interface de usuario">
+<!ENTITY selectLocale.label                     "Seleccione o idioma para o texto que aparece nas caixas de diálogo, nos menús, nas barras de ferramentas e nas etiquetas dos botóns:">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..460f825c6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY appManager.title     "Detalles do aplicativo">
+<!ENTITY appManager.style     "width: 40ch; min-height: 20em;">
+<!ENTITY remove.label         "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey     "r">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6cc722aee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+descriptionHandleProtocol=O seguintes aplicativos poden xestionar ligazóns de %S
+descriptionHandleWebFeeds=Os seguintes aplicativos poden xestionar fontes web
+descriptionHandleFile=Os seguintes aplicativos poden xestionar contido de %S
+
+descriptionWebApp=Este aplicativo web está aloxado en:
+descriptionLocalApp=Este aplicativo está localizado en:
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7f65bdfc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Applications prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Aplicativos auxiliares">
+
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.label        "Tipo de contido">
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey    "T">
+
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label     "Acción">
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder      "Buscar nos tipos e accións">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..032ab87046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#### Applications
+
+fileEnding=Ficheiro %S
+saveFile=Gardar ficheiro
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (useApp, useDefault): %S = Application name
+useApp=Usar %S
+useDefault=Usar %S (predefinido)
+
+useOtherApp=Utilizar outro…
+fpTitleChooseApp=Seleccionar o aplicativo auxiliar
+manageApp=Detalles do aplicativo…
+webFeed=Fonte web
+videoPodcastFeed=Podcast de vídeo
+audioPodcastFeed=Podcast
+alwaysAsk=Preguntar sempre
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (usePluginIn):
+# %1$S = plugin name (for example "QuickTime Plugin-in 7.2")
+# %2$S = brandShortName from brand.properties (for example "Minefield")
+usePluginIn=Usar %S (en %S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (previewInApp, addNewsBlogsInApp): %S = brandShortName
+previewInApp=Previsualizar en %S
+addNewsBlogsInApp=Subscribirse en %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (typeDescriptionWithType):
+# %1$S = type description (for example "Portable Document Format")
+# %2$S = type (for example "application/pdf")
+typeDescriptionWithType=%S (%S)
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..137f155ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Cache prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.title                "Caché">
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption              "Estabelecer as opcións da caché">
+<!ENTITY cachePara                       "A caché conserva copias das páxinas web visitadas frecuentemente no disco duro. (Premendo no botón Recargar sempre se mostra a última versión dunha páxina.)">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.label                "Permtir que o &brandShortName; xestione o tamaño da caché">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.accesskey            "x">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.label             "Usar ata">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY spaceMbytes                     "MB de espazo en disco na caché">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label           "Localización do cartafol da caché:">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label            "Limpar a caché">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey        "c">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label     "Escoller cartafol…">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation      "Os ficheiros da caché almacenaranse nun cartafol chamado &quot;Caché&quot; do cartafol que especificou. Reinicie &brandShortName; para que os cambios teñan efecto.">
+<!ENTITY docCache.label                  "Compara a páxina na caché coa páxina na rede:">
+<!ENTITY docCache.accesskey              "m">
+<!ENTITY checkOncePerSession.label       "Unha vez por sesión">
+<!ENTITY checkEveryTime.label            "Cada vez que vexa a páxina">
+<!ENTITY checkNever.label                "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY checkAutomatically.label        "Cando a páxina está desactualizada">
+
+<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label             "Precarga de ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label            "Precargar as páxinas web mentes está inactivo, para que as ligazóns nas páxinas web deseñadas para precarga se carguen máis rápido">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey        "P">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c61a1e44bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.caption      "Xestionar certificados">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.text         "Usar o xestor de certificados para xestionar os certificados persoais, os doutras persoas e as autoridades certificadoras.">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.button       "Xestionar certificados…">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.caption    "Xestionar dispositivos de seguranza">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.text       "Use este botón para xestionar os seus dispositivos de seguranza como, por exemplo, unha tarxeta intelixente.">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.button     "Xestionar dispositivos de seguranza…">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.accesskey  "S">
+
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                "SSL">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.certs.title         "Certificados">
+<!ENTITY  certs.label              "Certificados">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7115a12441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Color management prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.colors.title                 "Cores">
+<!ENTITY color                             "Texto e fondo">
+<!ENTITY textColor.label                   "Texto:">
+<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey               "T">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label             "Fondo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey         "F">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label             "Usar as cores do sistema">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label              "Subliñar as ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey          "u">
+<!ENTITY links                             "Cores das ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.label                   "Ligazóns non visitadas:">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey               "L">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label             "Ligazóns activas:">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label            "Ligazóns visitadas:">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey        "v">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (someProvColors): This is the start of a sentence and will be followed by the following radio buttons. -->
+<!ENTITY someProvColors                    "Cando unha páxina web forneza as súas propias cores e fondos">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (alwaysUseDocColors.label): This is option one, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. -->
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label     "Usar sempre as cores e fondos especificados pola páxina web">
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "a">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ignoreDocColors.label): This is option two, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above.  -->
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.label                 "Usar as miñas cores, ignorando as cores e imaxe de fondo especificadas pola páxina web">
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey             "m">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e7facf5de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.content.title                     "Contido">
+<!ENTITY pref.content.description               "Estas configuracións inflúen en como se mostra o contido dos sitios web e as mensaxes no &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label                  "Utilizar desprazamento suave">
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey              "U">
+
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label                     "Só ampliar o texto no lugar da páxina completa">
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey                 "x">
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.label                     "Lembrar os niveis de ampliación para cada sitio">
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.accesskey                 "m">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label     "Redimensiona as imaxes grandes para axustalas á xanela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.label                     "Usar a aceleración por hardware cando estea dispoñíbel">
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.accesskey                 "e">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c5d47dad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title             "Cookies">
+
+<!-- cookies -->
+
+<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label             "Política de aceptación de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.label           "Bloquear as cookies">
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey       "B">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label    "Política de retención de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label           "Aceptar cookies normalmente">
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey       "n">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label         "Só aceptar para a sesión actual">
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey     "S">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label           "Aceptar as cookies para">
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY days.label                     "días">
+
+<!ENTITY manageCookies.label            "Xestionar as cookies e os sitios">
+<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Permítelle ver e xestionar as cookies gardadas e as configuracións para cada sitio web para aceptar e rexeitar as cookies. As configuracións por sitio web sobrescribirán as configuracións de arriba.">
+
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.label              "Xestor de cookies">
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey          "X">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae4b513bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.download.title            "Descargas">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label         "Ao iniciar unha descarga">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                "Non abrir nada">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey            "d">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label       "Abre un diálogo de progreso">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey   "o">
+<!ENTITY openDM.label                   "Abre o xestor de descargas">
+<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey               "b">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.label            "Só titilar o xestor de descargas se xa está aberto">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.accesskey        "x">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label         "Ao gardar un ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.label                   "Gardar ficheiros en">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey               "G">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label     "Escoller cartafol…">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label                "Preguntar sempre onde gardar os ficheiros">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey            "a">
+
+<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label         "Ao rematar unha descarga">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Reproducir un son">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "p">
+<!ENTITY browse.label                   "Examinar…">
+<!ENTITY browse.accesskey               "E">
+<!ENTITY playButton.label               "Reproducir">
+<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey           "R">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db5c1ff665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.findAsYouType.title "Atopar mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeBehavior.label "Atopar mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTip.label "Consello: para iniciar manualmente Atopar mentres escribe, escriba / para atopar texto ou ' para atopar ligazóns, seguido do texto que quere atopar.">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.label "Limpar a busca actual despois duns poucos segundos de inactividade">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.label "Reproducir un son cando non se atope o texto escrito">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.label "Atopar automaticamente ao escribir dentro dunha páxina web:">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.label "Calquera texto na páxina">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.label "Só ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.label "Mostra a barra de buscas ao atopar mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnableTip.label "Nota: Atopar mentres escribe sen mostrar a barra de buscas non permite introducir caracteres internacionais.">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1084b3d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Fonts' prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY  pref.fonts.title                        "Tipos de letra">
+
+<!ENTITY  language.label                          "Tipos de letra para:">
+<!ENTITY  language.accesskey                      "T">
+
+<!ENTITY  typefaces.label                         "Tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY  sizes.label                             "Tamaño (píxeles)">
+
+<!ENTITY  proportional.label                      "Proporcional:">
+<!ENTITY  proportional.accesskey                  "P">
+
+<!ENTITY  serif.label                             "Serif:">
+<!ENTITY  serif.accesskey                         "S">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.label                        "Sans-serif:">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.accesskey                    "n">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.label                         "Monoespazado:">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.accesskey                     "M">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fantasy.label): 'Fantasy' means 'Ornate' -->
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.label                           "Fantasía:">
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.accesskey                       "F">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.label                           "Cursiva:">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.accesskey                       "C">
+
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.japanese                 "Xaponés">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese             "Chinés tradicional (Taiwán)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.simpl-chinese            "Chinés simplificado">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk          "Chinés tradicional (Hong Kong)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.korean                   "Coreano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.cyrillic                 "Cirílico">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.el                       "Grego">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.thai                     "Tailandés">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.hebrew                   "Hebreo">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.arabic                   "Árabe">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.devanagari               "Devanagari">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.tamil                    "Tamil">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.armenian                 "Armenio">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.bengali                  "Bengalí">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.canadian                 "Unified Canadian Syllabary">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.ethiopic                 "Etíope">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.georgian                 "Xeorxiano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gujarati                 "Guxarati">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gurmukhi                 "Gurmukhi">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.khmer                    "Camboxano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.malayalam                "Malaialam">
+<!-- Minimum font size -->
+<!ENTITY minSize.label                            "Tamaño mínimo do tipo de letra:">
+<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey                        "T">
+<!ENTITY minSize.none                             "Ningún">
+
+<!-- default font type -->
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSerif.label               "Serif">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSansSerif.label           "Sans Serif">
+
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.label                  "Permitir que os documentos usen outros tipos de letra">
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.accesskey              "o">
+
+<!-- leaving this stuff in for now -->
+
+<!ENTITY  header2                                 "Cando unha páxina web escolla os seus tipos de letra">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.label                    "Usar os meus tipos de letra predeterminados ignorando os que escollera a páxina">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.accesskey                "U">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d10bdc185
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.title                "Historial">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.caption              "Historial de navegación">
+<!ENTITY  historyPages.label                "O historial é unha lista de páxinas visitadas anteriormente.">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.label               "Lembrar as páxinas visitadas">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.accesskey           "r">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.label                "Limpar historial">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.accesskey            "s">
+
+<!ENTITY  locationBarHistory.caption        "Historial da barra de localización">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBar.label            "Limpa a lista de sitios web almacenados no menú da barra de localización.">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.label      "Limpar a barra de localización">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.accesskey  "L">
+<!ENTITY  formfillHistory.caption           "Historial de formularios e buscas">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.label              "Activar o historial de formularios e buscas">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.label              "Lembrar o historial de formularios e buscas ata">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.accesskey          "f">
+<!ENTITY  formfillDays.label                "días">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b471e60a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.http.title                     "HTTP">
+
+<!-- Network-->
+<!ENTITY prefDirect.label                    "Opcións de conexión directa">
+<!ENTITY prefProxy.label                     "Opcións de conexión do proxy">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label              "Usar HTTP 1.0">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey          "U">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label              "Usar HTTP 1.1">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey          "1">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey     "T">
+<!ENTITY prefPara                            "As conexións HTTP poden afinarse usando estas opcións para mellorar o rendemento ou a compatibilidade. Algúns servidores proxy, por exemplo, requiren HTTP/1.0 (vexa as notas da versión para obter máis detalles).">
+<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label                 "Cadea do axente do usuario">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1de50856fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.images.title              "Imaxes">
+
+<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label            "Política de aceptación de imaxes">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place "&brandShortName;" in the phrase where the name of the application should
+	 appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY imageDetails                   "Especifique como &brandShortName; xestiona as imaxes.">
+
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.label       "Cargar todas as imaxes">
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.accesskey   "g">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.label       "Só cargar as imaxes que proveñan do servidor orixinal">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.accesskey   "n">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.label        "Non cargar ningunha imaxe">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Xestionar permisos">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "p">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c8533002a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Navegación con teclado">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Navegación co tabulador">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Botóns, botóns de opcións, caixas de selección, e listas de seleccion">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "Nota: caixas de texto e rexións desprazábeis sempre se inclúen na tabulación.">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "Ao premer Tabulador ou Maiús+Tabulador, moverse entre:">
+<!ENTITY accessibilityBrowseWithCaret.label "Navegar con cursor de texto">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretDesc.label "A navegación con cursor de texto permítelle navegar e realizar seleccións dentro das páxinas usando as teclas do cursor para mover un cursor visíbel.">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.label "Usar a navegación con cursor de texto">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.label "Usar o atallo de teclado F7 para alternar a navegación con cursor de texto">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.label "Avisarme antes de activar a navegación con cursor de texto">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.accesskey "v">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e969119a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript           "É frecuente que as páxinas web estean dispoñíbeis en máis dun idioma. Escolla, en orde de preferencia, os idiomas para visualizar este tipo de páxinas.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.title                      "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY langtitle.label                                "Idiomas para as páxinas web">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript        "Seleccione os idiomas que desexa engadir.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label            "Engadir…">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey        "a">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label         "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label            "Engadir idiomas">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label            "Idiomas:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label               "Idiomas en orde de preferencia:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey           "I">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label               "Outros:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey           "O">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  Character Encoding Preferences Dialog: Do NOT localize the terms "en-bz, ar-jo"  -->
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples            "ex.: en-bz, ar-jo">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label               "Subir">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label             "Baixar">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey         "B">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..442c4cc9c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+illegalOtherLanguage=As seguintes entradas non son códigos de idioma correctos:
+illegalOtherLanguageTitle=Códigos de idioma incorrectos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations with
+#   and without the region.
+#   e.g. languageRegionCodeFormat : "French/Canada  [fr-ca]" languageCodeFormat : "French  [fr]"
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name, %3$S = language-region code
+languageRegionCodeFormat=%1$S/%2$S  [%3$S]
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = language-region code
+languageCodeFormat=%1$S  [%2$S]
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8f7bdf1dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Comportamento das ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Comportamento ao abrir ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Abrir as ligazóns que tenten abrir unha nova xanela en:">
+<!ENTITY newWindowRestriction.label "Cando os scripts queiran abrir unha nova xanela:">
+<!ENTITY external.label "Ligazóns doutros aplicativos">
+<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Abre as ligazóns pasadas desde outros aplicativos en:">
+
+<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "A xanela/lapela actual">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY openTab.label "Unha nova lapela na xanela actual">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY openWindow.label "Unha nova xanela">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "w">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY divertAll.label "Converter sempre as xanelas en lapelas">
+<!ENTITY divertAll.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.label "Non converter as xanelas personalizadas en lapelas">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.label "Abrir sempre en novas xanelas">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.accesskey "n">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e12a235be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Location Bar prefs panel -->
+<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title                "Barra de localización">
+
+<!ENTITY autoComplete.label                    "Completado automático">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label            "Completar automaticamente coa mellor coincidencia">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey        "u">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label           "Mostrar unha lista cos resultados coincidentes">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey       "s">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label      "Só coincidir cos sitios web escritos anteriormente">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey  "o">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoCompleteMatch.label): This is the common leading
+  part of the menulist items listed below, mainly to make the control available
+  via the accesskey
+-->
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label               "Coincidir">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere             "En calquera parte da localización ou do título">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst           "En calquera parte pero preferibelmente ao comezo da palabra">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords                "Só no comezo das palabras">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart                "Só no comezo da localización ou do título">
+
+<!ENTITY formatting.label                      "Formato">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.label                "Realzar o nome do dominio para os sitios web e os servidores FTP">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.accesskey            "d">
+
+<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label                "Localizacións descoñecidas">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label                  "Engadir &quot;www.&quot; e &quot;.com&quot; á localización se non se atopa unha páxina web">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey              "w">
+<!ENTITY keywords.label                        "Realizar unha busca na web cando o texto introducido non sexa un enderezo web">
+<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey                    "z">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98084a4d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.caption                 "Modificar o contrasinal principal">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.text                    "O seu contrasinal principal protexe información confidencial como contrasinais de sitios web e certificados.">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.button                  "Cambiar contrasinal…">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.accesskey               "C">
+
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.caption                  "Restabelecer o contrasinal principal">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.text                     "Se restabelece o seu contrasinal principal, perderanse todos os contrasinais gardados dos seus sitios web e correos, datos de formularios, certificados persoais e chaves privadas.">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5af5cc5e1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title           "Roda do rato">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label           "Especifica o comportamento da roda do rato cando se usa con esta tecla modificadora: ">
+<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label         "Sen tecla modificadora">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelGroup.label           "Desprazamento vertical">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelHorizGroup.label      "Desprazamento horizontal">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.label            "Igual co desprazamento vertical">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.accesskey        "v">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                 "Non facer nada">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey             "d">
+<!ENTITY doNothingHoriz.accesskey        "n">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.label            "Desprazar o documento">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocumentHoriz.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY history.label                   "Moverse adiante ou atrás no historial de navegación">
+<!ENTITY history.accesskey               "M">
+<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey          "b">
+<!ENTITY zoom.label                      "Aumentar ou reducir o tamaño da páxina">
+<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey                  "t">
+<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey             "o">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.label                "Aceleración da roda do rato:">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.accesskey            "l">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeedHoriz.accesskey       "i">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.label          "Inverter a dirección">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.accesskey      "R">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirectionHoriz.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15f586a0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title           "Navegador">
+
+<!ENTITY navRadio.label                 "Amosar en">
+<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey             "n">
+<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label         "Inicio do navegador">
+<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label           "Nova xanela">
+<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label           "Nova lapela">
+
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label           "Páxina en branco">
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey       "b">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label            "Páxina de inicio">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label            "Última páxina visitada">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey        "l">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label      "Restaurar a sesión anterior">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey  "R">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionIntro.label      "Ao restaurar as sesións e as xanelas">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.label       "Restaurar inmediatamente todas as lapelas">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.accesskey   "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (restoreTabs.label): This will concatenate to
+     "Restore [___] tab(s) at a time",
+     using (restoreTabs.label) and a number (restoreTabsAtATime.label). -->
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.label              "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabsAtATime.label       "lapela(s) cada vez">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.label          "Só restaurar as lapelas cando as precise a continuación">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.accesskey      "o">
+
+<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label            "Premendo o botón Inicio vai a este grupo de páxinas:">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.label               "Usar a páxina actual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey           "U">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label          "Usar o grupo actual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey      "g">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.label               "Escoller ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.label               "Restaurar as predefinicións">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey           "R">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6071208bf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-offlineapps.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Offline Apps prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineapps.title             "Aplicativos web sen conexión">
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineCache.caption          "Datos de usuario e contido web sen conexión">
+
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.label         "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.accesskey     "L">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.label     "Xestionar permisos">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.accesskey "p">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.label        "Limpar datos…">
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.accesskey    "d">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6abf0278b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.passwords.title        "Contrasinais">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonHeader.caption        "Xestor de contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY  signonDescription.label     "O Xestor de contrasinais almacena a súa información de sesión para o sitios web, os servidores de correo e os servidores de novas protexidos por contrasinal, e introduce esa información automaticamente cando é necesario.">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.label         "Lembrar os contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.label           "Xestionar contrasinais gardados">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.accesskey       "X">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a96429fca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.title              "Xanelas emerxentes">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption            "Xanelas emerxentes">
+
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.label               "Bloquear as xanelas emerxentes non solicitadas">
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey           "B">
+
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Xestionar permisos">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "m">
+
+<!ENTITY whenBlock.description          "Cando se bloquee unha xanela emerxente:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Reproducir un son:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "p">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.label              "Ton de aviso do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY customSound.label              "Ficheiro de son personalizado">
+<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey          "c">
+
+<!ENTITY selectSound.label              "Examinar…">
+<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey          "E">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.label          "Reproducir">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.label              "Mostrar unha icona na barra de estado do navegador">
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey          "d">
+
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.label      "Mostrar unha barra de notificación na parte superior da área de contido">
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey  "n">
+
+<!ENTITY popupNote.description          "Nota: Bloqueando todas as xanelas emerxentes pode impedir que funcionen características importantes dalgúns sitios web, como xanelas de inicio de sesión para bancos e sitios web de compra en liña. Para máis detalles sobre como permitir que sitios web específicos usen xanelas emerxentes sen deixar de bloquealas para o resto, prema na Axuda. Incluso co bloqueo activado, algúns sitios web poden usar outros métodos para mostrar xanelas emerxentes.">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6f214ba81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Private Data' prefs settings
+    These entities go on top of the sanitize.dtd definitions
+-->
+<!ENTITY pref.privatedata.title           "Datos privados">
+
+
+<!ENTITY clearPrivateData.label           "Limpar os datos privados">
+
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.label                "Sempre que peche o &brandShortName; limpar os meus datos privados">
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.accesskey            "l">
+
+<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.label             "Preguntarme antes de limpar os datos privados">
+
+<!ENTITY clearDataSettings.label          "Cando lle pida a &brandShortName; que limpe os datos privados, debería borrar:">
+
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (clearDataDialog.label, clearDataSilent.label, clearDataDialog.accesskey):
+  The only difference bettween the two labels is that one calls a dialog, the other doesn't.
+  The same accesskey is used for both labels.
+-->
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.label            "Limpar agora…">
+<!ENTITY clearDataSilent.label            "Limpar agora">
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abdf1a55a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Advanced Proxy Preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.advanced.title "Preferencias avanzadas do proxy">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.caption           "Proxy específicos por protocolo">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.description       "Polo xeral o mesmo proxy pode xestionar todos os protocolos listados aquí.">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                  "Proxy HTTP:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey              "x">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                   "Proxy SSL:">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.accesskey               "L">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.label                   "Proxy FTP:">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.accesskey               "F">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.label            "Usar a configuración do proxy HTTP para todos os protocolos">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.accesskey        "U">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                  "Porto:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY  SSLPort.accesskey           "o">
+<!ENTITY  FTPPort.accesskey           "r">
+
+<!ENTITY  socks.caption               "Proxy xenérico">
+<!ENTITY  socks.description           "Un proxy SOCKS é un proxy xenérico usado ás veces en contornos corporativos e similares.">
+<!ENTITY  socks.label                 "Proxy SOCKS:">
+<!ENTITY  socks.accesskey             "S">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.label                "SOCKS v4">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.label                "SOCKS v5">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.accesskey            "K">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.label        "Usalo para resolver nomes de equipo (recomendado para SOCKS v5)">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY  SOCKSport.accesskey         "t">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3ea912ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Proxies preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.title            "Proxy">
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.desc             "Un proxy é un servizo de rede que pode filtrar e acelerar a súa conexión á Internet.">
+<!ENTITY  proxyTitle.label              "Configurar proxy para acceder á Internet">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.label         "Conexión directa á Internet">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.accesskey     "d">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.label         "Usar a configuración do proxy do sistema">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.accesskey     "U">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.label         "Configuración manual do proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.accesskey     "m">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.label           "Descubrir automaticamente a configuración do proxy">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.label           "URL da configuración automática do proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.accesskey       "c">
+<!ENTITY  reload.label                  "Recargar">
+<!ENTITY  reload.accesskey              "R">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                    "Proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey                "P">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                    "Porto:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.label                "Avanzadas…">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.accesskey            "v">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.label                 "Sen proxy para:">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.accesskey             "n">
+<!ENTITY  noproxyExplain.label          "Exemplo: .mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bedd1ff4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label                 "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey             "N">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (enableJavaScript.label): 'JavaScript' should never be translated -->
+<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label          "Activar JavaScript para">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.label              "Permitir scripts para:">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label     "Mover ou redimensionar as xanelas existentes">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label           "Elevar ou baixar xanelas">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label   "Modificar o texto da barra de estado">
+<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label   "Desactivar ou substituír menús de contexto">
+<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label        "Ocultar a barra de estado">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a543312bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.search.title                "Buscar en Internet">
+<!ENTITY legendHeader                     "Buscador predeterminado">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label        "Buscar usando:">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey    "s">
+
+<!ENTITY engineManager.label              "Xestionar os buscadores…">
+
+<!ENTITY searchResults.label              "Resultados da busca">
+
+<!ENTITY openInTab.label                  "Abrir novas lapelas cos resultados da busca na barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey              "n">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.label       "Abrir unha lapela no lugar dunha xanela para o menú contextual buscar na web">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.accesskey   "t">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bfa2624af7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Privacy and Security' prefs settings -->
+<!ENTITY pref.security.title              "Privacidade &amp; Seguranza">
+
+<!ENTITY tracking.label                   "Seguimento do usuario">
+<!ENTITY trackingIntro.label              "Os sitios web poden seguir como os usa, o que afecta a súa privacidade.">
+
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (safeBrowsing.label, blockWebForgeries.label, blockAttackSites.label):
+  The methods by which forged (phished) and attack sites will be detected by
+  phishing providers will vary from human review to machine-based heuristics
+  to a combination of both, so it's important that these strings convey the
+  meaning "reported" (and not something like "known").
+-->
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsing.label               "Navegación segura">
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsingIntro.label          "&brandShortName; pode bloquear os sitios web denunciados por conter contido malicioso.">
+
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.label           "Bloquear sitios indicados como de ataque (malware, viruses)">
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.accesskey       "B">
+
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.label          "Bloquear sitios indicados como falsos (Phishing)">
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.accesskey      "P">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16a38eaf69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE UI for Software Updates prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title               "Instalación de software">
+<!ENTITY addOnsTitle.label                    "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.label                    "Permitir que os sitios web instalen complementos e actualizacións">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.accesskey                "b">
+<!ENTITY allowedSitesLink.label               "Sitios web permitidos">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.label              "Buscar actualizacións automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY daily.label                          "diariamente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsDaily.accesskey                "d">
+<!ENTITY weekly.label                         "semanalmente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsWeekly.accesskey               "n">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.label            "Descargar e instalar automaticamente as actualizacións">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.label             "Personalizar as recomendacións dos complementos">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY addonManagerLink.label               "Xestionar os complementos">
+
+<!ENTITY appUpdates.caption                   "&brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.label                 "Buscar actualizacións automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey                   "a">
+<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey                  "e">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.label               "Descargar e instalar automaticamente a actualización">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.label            "Mostrar o historial de actualizacións…">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.accesskey        "s">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42f80636f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+   - You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.  -->
+   
+<!ENTITY prefSpelling.title                   "Ortografía">
+<!ENTITY generalSpelling.label                "Xeral">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.label        "Ao escribir revisar a miña ortografía:">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.accesskey    "b">
+<!ENTITY dontCheckSpelling.label              "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY multilineCheckSpelling.label         "En caixas multiliña">
+<!ENTITY alwaysCheckSpelling.label            "Todas as caixas">
+<!ENTITY spellForMailAndNews.label            "Correo e grupos de novas">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.label        "Revisar a ortografía antes do envío">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.accesskey    "R">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.label               "Revisar a ortografía mentres se escribe">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.label                  "Idioma:">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey              "I">
+<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label               "Descargar máis dicionarios&#x2026;">
+<!ENTITY noSpellCheckAvailable.label          "Sen dicionarios dispoñíbeis.">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c89efd97f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  SSLClientAuthMethod.caption       "Selección do certificado do cliente">
+
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure                "Cargando unha páxina que admite cifrado">
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey      "g">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost                  "Enviando datos do formulario desde unha páxina sen cifrar a outra páxina sen cifrar">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure                 "Deixando unha páxina que admite cifrado">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY certselect.description             "Decida como seleccionará &brandShortName; un certificado de seguridade para presentar aos sitios web que requiran un:">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto                    "Seleccionar automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey          "a">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask                     "Preguntar cada vez">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey           "e">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f6799c175
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- The page shown when not logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY setupButton.label          "Configurar &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY setupButton.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY weaveDesc.label            "&syncBrand.fullName.label; permítelle acceder ao seu historial, os marcadores, os contrasinais e as lapelas abertas a través de todos os seus dispositivos.">
+
+<!-- The page shown when logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY accountGroupboxCaption.label "Conta do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY accountName.label            "Nome da conta:">
+
+<!-- Login error feedback -->
+<!ENTITY updatePass.label             "Actualizar">
+<!ENTITY updatePass.accesskey         "u">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.label              "Restabelecer">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.accesskey          "R">
+
+<!-- Manage Account -->
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.label          "Xestionar conta">
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.accesskey      "X">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.label              "Ver cota">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.accesskey          "V">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.label         "Cambiar o contrasinal">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.label          "A miña chave de recuperación">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.accesskey      "m">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.label              "Restabelecer sincronización">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.label           "Desligar este dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.accesskey       "D">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.label              "Engadir un dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.accesskey          "a">
+
+<!-- Sync Settings -->
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "N">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy2.label              "Sincronizar o meu:">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Lapelas">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "L">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Historial">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "r">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferencias">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "P">
+
+<!-- Footer stuff -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.tosLink.label        "Termos do servizo">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd210d1a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Navegación con lapelas">
+
+<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Visualización de lapelas">
+<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Ocultar a barra de lapelas cando só teña unha lapela aberta">
+<!ENTITY background.label "Cambiar a novas lapelas abertas desde ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY background.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Avisarme ao pechar unha xanela con varias lapelas">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Abrir lapelas relacionadas despois da lapela actual">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Abrir lapelas en vez de xanelas cando">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..114b9c0cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (.label): Preferences categories that appear on the left of the preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Preferencias">
+<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Categoría">
+
+<!ENTITY appear.label "Aparencia">
+<!ENTITY content.label "Contido">
+<!ENTITY fonts.label "Tipos de letra">
+<!ENTITY colors.label "Cores">
+<!ENTITY spellingPane.label  "Ortografía">
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY history.label "Historial">
+<!ENTITY languages.label "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY applications.label "Aplicativos auxiliares">
+<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Barra de localización">
+<!ENTITY search.label "Buscar en Internet">
+<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Navegación con lapelas">
+<!ENTITY links.label "Comportamento das ligazóns">
+<!ENTITY download.label "Descargas">
+
+<!ENTITY security.label "Privacidade &amp; Seguranza">
+<!ENTITY privatedata.label "Datos privados">
+<!ENTITY cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY images.label "Imaxes">
+<!ENTITY popups.label "Xanelas emerxentes">
+<!ENTITY passwords.label "Contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificados">
+
+<!ENTITY sync.label "Sync">
+
+<!ENTITY advance.label "Opcións avanzadas">
+<!ENTITY keynav.label "Navegación con teclado">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouType.label "Atopar mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY cache.label "Caché">
+<!ENTITY offlineApps.label "Aplicativos sen conexión">
+<!ENTITY proxies.label "Proxy">
+<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "HTTP">
+<!ENTITY smart.label "Instalación de software">
+<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Roda do rato">
+
+<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9fd91294f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+cachefolder=Escolla o cartafol da caché
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (%1$S) is the size and (%2$S) is the unit of disk space.
+cacheSizeInfo=A súa caché está usando %1$S %2$S de espazo en disco.
+
+offlineAppRemoveTitle=Retirar os datos sen conexión do sitio web
+offlineAppRemovePrompt=Despois de retirar estes datos, %S non estará dispoñíbel sen conexión. Está seguro de que quere retirar este sitio web sen conexión?
+offlineAppRemoveConfirm=Retirar os datos sen conexión
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the disk usage of the
+# offline application
+#   e.g. offlineAppUsage : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+offlineAppUsage=%1$S %2$S
+
+choosehomepage=Escolla a páxina de inicio
+downloadfolder=Escolla un cartafol de descargas
+desktopFolderName=Escritorio
+downloadsFolderName=Descargas
+choosesound=Escolla un son
+
+SoundFiles=Sons
+
+syncUnlink.title=Quere desligar o seu dispositivo?
+syncUnlink.label=Este dispositivo xa non estará asociado coa súa conta de Sync. Todos os seus datos persoais, tanto neste dispositivo como na súa conta de Sync manteranse intactos.
+syncUnlinkConfirm.label=Desligar
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9900ba4f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY print.label          "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY print.accesskey      "p">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.label      "Configuración da páxina…">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY page.label           "Páxina:">
+<!ENTITY page.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY of.label             "de">
+<!ENTITY scale.label          "Escala:">
+<!ENTITY scale.accesskey      "s">
+<!ENTITY portrait.label       "Vertical">
+<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey   "V">
+<!ENTITY landscape.label      "Horizontal">
+<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY close.label          "Pechar">
+<!ENTITY close.accesskey      "c">
+<!ENTITY p30.label            "30&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p40.label            "40&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p50.label            "50&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p60.label            "60&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p70.label            "70&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p80.label            "80&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p90.label            "90&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p100.label           "100&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p125.label           "125&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p150.label           "150&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p175.label           "175&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p200.label           "200&#037;">
+<!ENTITY Custom.label         "Personalizar…">
+<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label    "Compactar para axustar">
+<!ENTITY customPrompt.title   "Personalizar escala…">
+
+<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip    "Primeira páxina">
+<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip     "Última páxina">
+<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip   "Seguinte páxina">
+<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip    "Páxina anterior">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02dd2e3071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- -->
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY            windowTitle.label    "Seleccionar perfil de usuario">
+<!ENTITY            profileManager.title "Xestor de perfiles do &brandShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY            manage.label     "Xestionar perfiles…">
+<!ENTITY            manage.accesskey "X">
+<!ENTITY            select.label     "Usar perfil">
+
+<!ENTITY            availableProfiles.label "Perfís dispoñíbeis">
+
+<!ENTITY            introStart.label         "Para acceder ao seu perfil persoal, que contén as mensaxes gardadas, a configuración e outra información personalizada, escolla o seu perfil da lista e prema &start.label; para iniciar a súa sesión.">
+<!ENTITY            introSwitch.label        "Para cambiar a outro perfil, que contén as mensaxes gardadas, a configuración e outra información personalizada, escolla ese perfil da lista e prema &select.label; para comenzar a usar ese perfil.">
+<!ENTITY            profileManagerText.label "&brandShortName; garda información sobre a súa configuración, preferencias, marcadores, mensaxes almacenadas e outros elementos no perfil de usuario.">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6036d4d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+deleteLocked=Non é posíbel que %S elimine o perfil "%S" porque está en uso.
+deleteProfile=Eliminando un perfil retirará o perfil da lista de perfís dispoñíbeis e non é posíbel desfacer esta acción.\n\nTamén pode escoller que elimine os ficheiros de datos do perfil incluíndo os correos, a configuración e os certificados gardados. Esta opción eliminará o cartafol "%S" e non é posíbel desfacer a operación.\n\nDesexa eliminar os ficheiros de datos do perfil?\n\n
+
+manageTitle=Xestionar os perfís de usuario
+selectTitle=Seleccionar perfil de usuario
+
+dirLocked=Non é posíbel que %S use o perfil "%S".Pode estar en uso, non dispoñíbel ou danado.\n\nEscolla outro perfil ou cree un novo.
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8983322a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs
+# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js
+
+quitDialogTitle=Saír de %S
+restartDialogTitle=Reiniciar %S
+
+restartNowTitle=&Reiniciar agora
+restartLaterTitle=Reiniciar &máis tarde
+quitTitle=&Saír
+cancelTitle=&Cancelar
+saveTitle=&Gardar e saír
+neverAsk=A seguinte ve&z non preguntar
+message=Quere que %S garde as lapelas e xanelas para a próxima vez que se abra?
+messageNoWindows=Quere que %S garde as lapelas para a próxima vez que se abra?
+messageRestart=%S restaurará as lapelas e as xanelas cando se reinicie.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/region.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56a669bc8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# More information about this update link available in the update wizard.
+# Only change this if you are providing localized release notes.
+app.update.url.details=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a535b47c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.accept.label "Sáqueme de aquí!">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.decline.label "Ignorar este aviso ">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.reportPage.label "Por que se bloqueou este sitio?">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.title "Sitio considerado de ataque!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.malware.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="malware_sitename"/> tag.  It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc "O sitio web en <span id='malware_sitename'/> consta como de ataque e foi bloqueado segundo as preferencias de seguranza actuais.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.longDesc "<p>Os sitios de ataque tentan instalar programas que rouban información privada, que utilizan o computador para atacar a terceiros ou que danan o sistema.</p><p>Algúns deles distribúen de forma intencionada software pernicioso, mais moitos comprométense sen o permiso ou coñecemento dos propietarios.</p>">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8dfd57c34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDialog.title         "Modo seguro do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY window.width                 "39em">
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription.label    "Agora &brandShortName; estase executando en modo seguro no que se desactiva temporalmente a súa configuración, temas e extensións persoais.">
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription2.label   "Pode facer permanentes algunhas ou todas as modificacións:">
+
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.label          "Desactivar todos os complementos">
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.accesskey      "D">
+
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.label          "Restabelecer o tamaño da xanela e das barras de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.label        "Eliminar todos os marcadores excepto para as copias de seguranza">
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.accesskey    "E">
+
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.label         "Restabelecer todas as preferencias do usuario para os valores predefinidos de &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.accesskey     "p">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.label          "Restaurar os buscadores predefinidos">
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.accesskey      "s">
+
+<!ENTITY changeAndRestartButton.label "Facer modificacións e reiniciar">
+<!ENTITY continueButton.label         "Continuar no modo seguro">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b43047a382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title            "Limpar os datos privados">
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label             "Limpar os seguintes elementos:">
+
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.label               "Historial de navegación">
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey           "H">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label                "Historial da barra de localización">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey            "l">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label             "Historial de descargas">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label     "Formularios gardados e historial de buscas">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.label                 "Caché">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey             "a">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.label               "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label           "Datos de sitios web sen conexión">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label             "Contrasinais gardados">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.label              "Sesións autenticadas">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey          "S">
+
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97dcc94262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.title       "Xestionar a lista de buscadores">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.style       "min-width: 35em;">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.intro       "Están instalados os seguintes buscadores:">
+
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.name          "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.keyword       "Palabra chave">
+
+<!-- Buttons -->
+<!ENTITY  up.label                  "Subir">
+<!ENTITY  up.accesskey              "u">
+<!ENTITY  dn.label                  "Baixar">
+<!ENTITY  dn.accesskey              "B">
+<!ENTITY  remove.label              "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY  remove.accesskey          "r">
+<!ENTITY  edit.label                "Editar a palabra chave…">
+<!ENTITY  edit.accesskey            "t">
+
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.label           "Obter máis buscadores…">
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.label       "Mostrar suxestións de busca">
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.accesskey   "s">
+
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.label     "Restaurar a configuración predeterminada">
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da8cd182a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+editTitle=Editar a palabra chave
+editMsg=Introducir unha nova palabra chave para "%S":
+duplicateTitle=Duplicar a palabra chave
+duplicateEngineMsg=A palabra chave que escolleu está a ser utilizada por  "%S". Seleccione outra.
+duplicateBookmarkMsg=A palabra chave que escolleu está a ser utilizada por un marcador. Seleccione outra.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..134b1f41b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY search.button.label      "Buscar">
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder       "Introduza o texto da busca">
+
+<!ENTITY search.engineManager.label "Xestionar os buscadores…">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..337c068584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+searchtip=Buscar usando %S
+cmd_addFoundEngine=Engadir "%S"
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a531b5c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY cmd_engineManager.label        "Xestionar os buscadores…">
+<!ENTITY searchEndCap.label             "Buscar">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..294cb54889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackground.title "Estabelecer como fondo de escritorio">
+
+<!ENTITY position.label             "Posición:">
+<!ENTITY position.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY position.tile.label        "Título">
+<!ENTITY position.stretch.label     "Estirar">
+<!ENTITY position.center.label      "Centrado">
+<!ENTITY position.fill.label        "Cubrir">
+<!ENTITY position.fit.label         "Axustar">
+<!ENTITY picker.label               "Color:">
+<!ENTITY picker.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY preview.caption            "Previsualizar">
+<!ENTITY apply.label                "Aplicar">
+<!ENTITY apply.accesskey            "A">
+<!ENTITY close.label                "Pechar">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9656566ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+preferencesLabel=&Preferencias do %S
+safeModeLabel=Modo &seguro %S
+desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin=Fondo do escritorio.bmp
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3752d7f3c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label      "Personalizar lapela…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label         "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label     "Lapelas dispoñíbeis:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "ñ">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label            "Engadir">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey        "a">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label        "Previsualización…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey    "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label             "Subir">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey         "u">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label           "Baixar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey       "B">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label                     "Atopar máis lapelas…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey                 "t">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e3ec02df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label          "Previsualización da lapela">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e67f17bb3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+addPanelConfirmTitle=Engadir lapela á barra lateral
+
+dupePanelAlertTitle=Barra lateral
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..885abfa37e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label           "Barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label           "Recargar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey       "R">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label           "Lapelas">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label        "Personalizar barra lateral…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey    "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label             "Ocultar lapela">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey         "l">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label           "Cambiar á lapela">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey       "b">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label               "Barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey           "B">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label          "Cargando…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label      "Carga detida">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label     "Deter">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state     "Neste momento a barra lateral está baleira.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add       'Pode engadir lapelas premendo no botón &quot;Lapelas&quot; que está enriba.'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide      'Se desexa ocultar por completo a barra lateral, prema no menú &quot;Ver&quot; da parte superior, e seleccione &quot;Barra lateral&quot; desde o submenú &quot;Mostrar/Ocultar&quot;.'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label   "Cartafol da barra lateral…">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label  "Esta lapela non está dispoñíbel neste momento.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip       "Pechar a barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip        "Abrir a barra lateral">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.search.label         "Buscar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-history.label       "Historial">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-addressbook.label   "Axenda de enderezos">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71955e69ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label  "Sync">
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.fullName.label   "SeaMonkey Sync">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45051f67e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (whole file) "Sync" should match &syncBrand.shortName.label; from syncBrand.dtd
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (change.password.title): This (and associated change.password/passphrase) are used when the user elects to change their password.
+change.password.title          = Cambiar o seu contrasinal
+change.password.acceptButton   = Cambiar o contrasinal
+change.password.status.active  = Cambiando o seu contrasinal…
+change.password.status.success = Cambiouse o seu contrasinal.
+change.password.status.error   = Produciuse un erro ao cambiar o seu contrasinal.
+
+change.password3.introText  = O seu contrasinal debe ter polo mínimo 8 caracteres de longo.Non é posíbel que sexa o mesmo co seu nome de usuario ou a súa chave de recuperación.
+change.password.warningText = Nota: non será posíbel que todos os seus dispositivos se conecten a súa conta unha vez que cambie o seu contrasinal.
+
+change.recoverykey.title        = Cambiar a chave de recuperación
+change.recoverykey.acceptButton = Cambiar chave de recuperación
+change.recoverykey.label        = Cambiando a chave de recuperación e subindo os datos locais, agarde…
+change.recoverykey.error        = Produciuse un erro ao cambiar a chave de recuperación!
+change.recoverykey.success      = A súa chave de recuperación cambiouse correctamente!
+change.recoverykey.introText2   = Para asegurar plenamente a súa privacidade, todos os datos cífranse antes de subilos ao servidor. A chave para descifralos non se envía.
+change.recoverykey.warningText  = Nota: Cambiando isto borrará todos os datos almacenados no servidor Sync e subirá os novos datos protexidos por esta chave de recuperación. Os outros dispositivos non se sincronizarán ata que introduza a nova chave de recuperación para ese dispositivo.
+
+new.recoverykey.label = A súa chave de recuperación
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (new.password.title): This (and associated new.password/passphrase) are used on a second computer when it detects that your password or passphrase has been changed on a different device.
+new.password.title            = Actualizar o contrasinal
+new.password.introText        = O servidor rexeitou o seu contrasinal, actualice o seu contrasinal.
+new.password.label            = Introduza o seu novo contrasinal
+new.password.confirm          = Confirme o seu novo contrasinal
+new.password.acceptButton     = Actualizar o contrasinal
+new.password.status.incorrect = Contrasinal incorrecto, tente de novo.
+
+new.recoverykey.title            = Actualizar a chave de recuperación
+new.recoverykey.introText        = Cambiou a súa chave de recuperación desde outro dispositivo. Introduza a súa chave de recuperación actualizada.
+new.recoverykey.acceptButton     = Actualizar a chave de recuperación
+new.recoverykey.status.incorrect = Chave de recuperación incorrecta, tente de novo.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e907ec5499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.title               "A súa chave do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.description         "Esta chave usase para descifrar os datos da súa conta de &syncBrand.fullName.label;. Necesitará introducila cada vez que configure &syncBrand.fullName.label; nun novo equipo ou dispositivo.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.heading     "Mantéñaa secreta">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.description "A súa conta de &syncBrand.fullName.label; está cifrada para protexer a súa privacidade. Sen esta chave, descifrar a súa información persoal podería levar anos. Vostede é a única persoa que ten a chave. Isto quere dicir que é o único que pode acceder aos seus datos de &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe.heading       "Mantéñaa segura">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe1.description  "Non perda esta chave.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe2.description  " Non mantemos unha copia da súa chave (iso non sería mantela secreta!) polo que ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe3.description  "non é posíbel que lle axudemos a recuperala">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe4.description  " se esta se perde. Precisará usar esta chave en calquera momento que conecte un novo computador ou dispositivo ao &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore1.label       "Obteña máis información sobre &syncBrand.fullName.label; e a súa privacidade en ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore2.label       ".">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer1.label            "Os termos do servizo do &syncBrand.fullName.label; están dispoñíbeis en ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer2.label            ". A política de privacidade está dispoñíbel en ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer3.label            ".">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73df244398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY quota.dialogTitle.label    "Cota do servidor">
+<!ENTITY quota.retrievingInfo.label "Obtendo información da cota…">
+<!ENTITY quota.typeColumn.label     "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY quota.sizeColumn.label     "Tamaño">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e8c755823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+collection.addons.label    = Complementos
+collection.bookmarks.label = Marcadores
+collection.history.label   = Historial
+collection.passwords.label = Contrasinais
+collection.prefs.label     = Preferencias
+collection.tabs.label      = Lapelas
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usageNoQuota.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space occupied
+# on the server
+quota.usageNoQuota.label    = Actualmente está usando %1$S %2$S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usagePercentage.label):
+# %1$S is the percentage of space used,
+# %2$S and %3$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the amount of space used,
+# %3$S and %4$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the total space available.
+quota.usagePercentage.label = Está usando o %1$S%% (%2$S %3$S) dos %4$S %5$S permitidos.
+quota.usageError.label      = Non foi posíbel obter a información da cota.
+quota.retrieving.label      = Obtendo…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.sizeValueUnit.label): %1$S is the amount of space
+# occupied by the engine, %2$K the corresponding unit (e.g. kB) as defined in
+# the download manager.
+quota.sizeValueUnit.label   = %1$S %2$S
+quota.remove.label          = Eliminar
+quota.treeCaption.label     = Desmarque elementos para que non se sincronicen e liberen espazo no servidor.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.removal.label): %S is a list of engines that will be
+# disabled and whose data will be removed once the user confirms.
+quota.removal.label         = SeaMonkey Sync eliminará os seguintes datos: %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.list.separator): This is the separator string used
+# for the list of engines (incl. spaces where appropriate)
+quota.list.separator        = ,\u0020
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.freeup.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space freed
+# up by disabling the unchecked engines.  If displayed this string is
+# concatenated directly to quota.removal.label and may need to start off with
+# whitespace.
+quota.freeup.label          = \u0020Isto liberará %1$S %2$S.
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c127c98190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountSetupTitle.label    "Configuración de &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+
+<!-- First page of the wizard -->
+
+<!ENTITY setup.pickSetupType.description "Benvida, se nunca usou &syncBrand.fullName.label;, precisa crear unha conta.">
+<!ENTITY button.createNewAccount.label "Crear unha nova conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.haveAccount.label "Xa teño unha conta de &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY button.connect.label "Conectar">
+
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.title.label     "Usou &syncBrand.fullName.label; antes?">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.new.label       "Nunca usei &syncBrand.shortName.label; antes">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.existing.label  "Xa estou usando &syncBrand.shortName.label; noutro computador">
+
+<!-- New Account AND Existing Account -->
+<!ENTITY server.label               "Servidor">
+<!ENTITY server.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY serverType.main.label      "Servidor de &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY serverType.custom2.label   "Usar un servidor personalizado…">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.label      "Conta">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.label      "Contrasinal">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.accesskey  "C">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.label     "Chave de recuperación">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.accesskey "v">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 1: Basic Account Info -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newAccountDetailsPage.title.label "Detalles da conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.label             "Confirmar o contrasinal">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.accesskey         "f">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.label                "Enderezo de correo electrónico">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.accesskey            "E">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: tosAgree1, tosLink, tosAgree2, ppLink, tosAgree3 are
+     joined with implicit white space, so spaces in the strings aren't necessary -->
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.label      "Acepto os">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.accesskey  "A">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosLink.label        "Termos do servizo">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.label      "e a">
+<!ENTITY setup.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree3.label      "">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.accesskey  "a">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 2: Recovery Key -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.title.label "&brandShortName; respecta a súa privacidade">
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.description.label "Para asegurar plenamente a súa privacidade, todos os datos cífranse antes de subilos ao servidor. A chave de recuperación que se precisa para descifralos non se envía.">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.label        "A súa chave de recuperación">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.accesskey    "h">
+<!ENTITY recoveryGenerateNewKey.label  "Xerar unha nova chave">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyBackup.description "Requírese a súa chave de recuperación para acceder ao &syncBrand.fullName.label; noutras máquinas. Cree unha copia de seguranza. Non é posíbel que lle axudemos a recuperar a súa chave de recuperación.">
+
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.label     "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.label      "Gardar…">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.accesskey  "G">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 3: Captcha -->
+<!ENTITY setup.captchaPage2.title.label     "Confirme que non é un robot">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 1: Add Device (incl. Add a Device dialog strings) -->
+<!ENTITY addDevice.title.label              "Engadir un dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.showMeHow.label          "Móstreme como.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dontHaveDevice.label     "Non teño o dispositivo comigo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.description.label  "Para activalo, vaia ás Opcións/Preferencias do &syncBrand.shortName.label;noutro dispositivo e seleccione &#x0022;Engadir un dispositivo&#x0022;.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.enterCode.label    "Logo, introduza este código:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.description.label "Para activar o novo dispositivo, vaia ás Preferencias/Opcións do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no dispositivo e seleccione &#x0022;Conectar.&#x0022;">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.enterCode.label   "Introduza o código que lle fornece o dispositivo:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.tryAgain.label    "Tente de novo.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.successful.label  "Engadiuse o dispositivo correctamente. A sincronización inicial pode levarlle varios minutos e rematará en segundo plano.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.recoveryKey.label "Para activar o seu dispositivo necesitará introducir a súa chave de recuperación. Imprima ou garde esta chave e lévea consigo.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.connected.label   "Dispositivo conectado">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 2: Manual Login -->
+<!ENTITY setup.signInPage.title.label "Conectarse">
+<!ENTITY existingRecoveryKey.description "Pode obter unha copia da súa chave de recuperación indo ás Preferencias/Opcións do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no dispositivo e seleccionando &#x0022;A miña chave de recuperación&#x0022; en &#x0022;Xestionar conta&#x0022;.">
+<!ENTITY verifying.label              "Comprobando…">
+<!ENTITY resetPassword.label          "Restabelecer o contrasinal">
+<!ENTITY resetSyncKey.label           "Perdín o outro dispositivo.">
+
+<!-- Sync Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsPage.title      "Opcións de sincronización">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "c">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy.label               "Sincronizar">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Lapelas">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "L">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Historial">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "r">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferencias">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "e">
+
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.main.label      "Combina os datos deste computador cos meus datos de &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.recommended.label "(recomendado)">
+<!ENTITY choice2.client.main.label     "Substitúe todos os datos deste computador cos meus datos de &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.server.main.label     "Substituír todos os datos dos outros dispositivos cos deste computador">
+
+<!-- Confirm Merge Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsConfirmPage.title "Confirmar">
+<!ENTITY confirm.merge.label    "Agora &syncBrand.fullName.label; combinará todos os datos do navegador deste computador cos datos da súa conta de Sync.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client2.label         "Aviso: Borraranse os seguintes datos do &brandShortName; neste computador:">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client.moreinfo.label "&brandShortName; copiará os seus datos de &syncBrand.fullName.label; a este computador.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.server2.label         "Aviso: Sobrescribiranse os seguintes dispositivos cos seus datos locais:">
+
+<!-- New & Existing Account: Setup Complete -->
+<!ENTITY setup.successPage.title "Rematou a configuración">
+<!ENTITY changeOptions.label "Pode cambiar esta preferencia seleccionando as opcións de Sync de abaixo.">
+<!ENTITY continueUsing.label "Agora pode continuar usando &brandShortName;.">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..199f1d0af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+button.syncOptions.label       = Opcións de sincronización
+button.syncOptionsDone.label   = Feito
+button.syncOptionsCancel.label = Cancelar
+
+invalidEmail.label          = Enderezo de correo electrónico incorrecto
+serverInvalid.label         = Introduza un URL de servidor correcto
+usernameNotAvailable.label  = Xa en uso
+
+verifying.label = Comprobando…
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (additionalClientCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of additional clients (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+additionalClientCount.label = e #1 dispositivo adicional;e #1 dispositivos adicionais
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (bookmarksCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of bookmarks (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+bookmarksCount.label        = #1 marcador;#1 marcadores
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyDaysCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of days (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+historyDaysCount.label      = #1 día de historial;#1 días de historial
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordsCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of passwords (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+passwordsCount.label        = #1 contrasinal;#1 contrasinais
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsCount.label):
+# #1 is the number of add-ons, see the link above for forms
+addonsCount.label           = #1 complemento;#1 complementos
+
+save.recoverykey.title = Gardar a chave de recuperación
+save.recoverykey.defaultfilename = Chave de recuperación do SeaMonkey.xhtml
+
+newAccount.action.label = Agora SeaMonkey Sync está configurado para sincronizar automaticamente todos os datos do seu navegador.
+newAccount.change.label = Pode escoller exactamente o que quere sincronizar seleccionando as Opcións do Sync de abaixo.
+resetClient.change.label = Agora SeaMonkey Sync combinará todos os datos do navegador deste computador cos datos da súa conta de Sync.
+wipeClient.change.label = SeaMonkey Sync substituirá todos os datos do navegador neste computador cos datos da súa conta de Sync.
+wipeRemote.change.label = SeaMonkey Sync substituirá todos os datos do navegador da súa conta de Sync cos datos deste computador.
+existingAccount.change.label = Pode cambiar esta preferencia seleccionando as opcións de Sync de abaixo.
+
+# Several other strings are used (via Weave.Status.login), but they come from
+#  /services/sync
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f602b5326
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from tasksOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.label					"Composer">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey				"C">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey				"4">
+
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label                                  "Consola de erros">
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey				"C">
+
+<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip  "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip  "Composer">
+
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Desenvolvemento web">
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "w">
+
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Xanela">
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "X">
+
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "t"> 
+
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Xestor de datos">
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "X">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Xestor de contrasinais">
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "X">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Xestionar contrasinais gardados">
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "X">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Saír">
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Xestor de descargas">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j">
+
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.label "Xestor de complementos">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.accesskey "X">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.commandkey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Cambiar perfil…">
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "m">
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (syncSetup.accesskey, syncSyncNowItem.accesskey):
+     Only one of these will show at a time (based on setup state),
+     so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.label           "Configurar Sync…">
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.accesskey       "S">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.label     "Sincronizar agora">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.accesskey "S">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..306b9dcc69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+openparen     = (
+closeparen    = )
+textfound     = Atopouse o texto: "
+textnotfound  = Non se atopou o texto: "
+linkfound     = Atopouse a ligazón: "
+linknotfound  = Non se atopou a ligazón: "
+closequote    = "
+stopfind      = Busca detida.
+starttextfind = Iniciando -- atopar texto mentres escribe
+startlinkfind = Iniciando -- atopar ligazóns mentres escribe
+repeated      = repetida
+nextmatch     = - seguinte coincidencia
+prevmatch     = - coincidencia anterior
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6e4e96a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- these things need to move into utilityOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.label                 "Traballar sen conexión">
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey             "x">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items --> 
+
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.label                   "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey               "F">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.label                    "Novo">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey                "N">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label            "Páxina do Composer">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key              "n">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Páxina usando un modelo">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Páxina usando un borrador">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Xanela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "N">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "X">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.label "Xanela privada">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.key "P">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.accesskey "W">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Configuración da páxina…">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.label "Previsualización da impresión">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.label "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P">
+
+<!ENTITY editMenu.label                   "Editar">
+<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey               "E">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.label                    "Desfacer">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.key                      "Z">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey                "D">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.label                    "Refacer">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                      "Y">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey                "R">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.label                     "Cortar">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.key                       "X">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey                 "t">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                    "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.key                      "C">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey                "C">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label                   "Pegar">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key                     "V">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey               "P">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label                 "Pegar e ir">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey             "g">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (pasteSearchCmd): "Search" is a verb, this is the
+     search bar equivalent to the url bar's "Paste & Go"  -->
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.label             "Pegar e buscar">
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label                  "Eliminar">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey              "m">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label               "Seleccionar todo">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key                 "A">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey           "a">
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.label				"Limpar historial de buscas">  
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.accesskey			"h"> 
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.label			"Amosar suxestións">  
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.accesskey		"s"> 
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label				"Preferencias…">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key					"E">  
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey			"e"> 
+
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.label "Localizar de novo">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key "L">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.accesskey "z">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.label "Localizar anterior">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key "L">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Atopar texto mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Atopar ligazóns mentres escribe">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "g">
+
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.label					"Ver"> 
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey               "V">
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label				"Amosar/Agochar"> 
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey			"M"> 
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label					"Barra de estado">  
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey				"s"> 
+
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.label					"Axuda"> 
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey				"x"> 
+
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label      "Información para solucionar problemas">
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label                   "Notas do lanzamento">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.label                 "Reiniciar cos complementos desactivados">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.accesskey             "v">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.label                    "Buscar actualizacións…">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey                "c">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label					"Sobre o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey				"S">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.label			"Sobre os engadidos">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.accesskey			"g">
+
+<!ENTITY direct.label                                   "Conectado (Proxy: ningún)">
+<!ENTITY direct.accesskey                               "n">
+<!ENTITY manual.label                                   "Conectado (Proxy: manual)">
+<!ENTITY manual.accesskey                               "m">
+<!ENTITY pac.label                                      "Conectado (Proxy: URL automático)">
+<!ENTITY pac.accesskey                                  "a">
+<!ENTITY wpad.label                                     "Conectado (Proxy: Descubrimento automático)">
+<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey                                 "D">
+<!ENTITY system.label                                   "Conectado (Proxy: proxy do sistema)">
+<!ENTITY system.accesskey                               "s">
+
+<!ENTITY proxy.label                                    "Configuración proxy…">
+<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey                                "C">
+
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Cambiar a orientación do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "b">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey   "X">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label            "Personalizar…">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey        "z">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label       "Configuración desta barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label      "Iconas e texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label             "Iconas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey         "o">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label              "Texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label     "Usar iconas pequenas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label     "Amosar texto ao lado das iconas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label        "Usar configuración predeterminada">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey    "U">
+
+<!-- Popup Blocked notification menu -->
+<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey        "p">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label       "Xestionar xanelas emerxentes">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey   "m">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label        "Non amosar esta mensaxe se as xanelas emerxentes están bloqueadas">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey    "d">
+
+<!ENTITY syncToolbarButton.label "Sync">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c2a4d2699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Online/offline tooltips
+onlineTooltip0=Está conectado (proxy: ningún). Prema na icona para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip1=Está conectado (proxy: manual). Prema na icona para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip2=Está conectado (proxy: URL automático). Prema na icona para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip4=Está conectado (proxy: descubrimento automático). Prema na icona para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip5=Está conectado (proxy: úsase o proxy do sistema). Prema na icona para desconectar.
+offlineTooltip=Está desconectado. Prema na icona para conectarse.
+
+# Popup menus
+popupMenuShow=Mostrar %S
+popupAllow=Permitir xanelas emerxentes de %S
+
+# Check for Updates
+updatesItem_default=Buscar actualizacións…
+updatesItem_defaultFallback=Buscar actualizacións…
+updatesItem_defaultAccessKey=C
+updatesItem_downloading=Descargando %S…
+updatesItem_downloadingFallback=Descargando actualización…
+updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey=D
+updatesItem_resume=Continuar descargando %S…
+updatesItem_resumeFallback=Continuar descargando a actualización…
+updatesItem_resumeAccessKey=D
+updatesItem_pending=Aplicar agora a actualización descargada…
+updatesItem_pendingFallback=Aplicar agora a actualización descargada…
+updatesItem_pendingAccessKey=U
+
+# safeModeRestart
+safeModeRestartPromptTitle=Reiniciar cos complementos desactivados
+safeModeRestartPromptMessage=Está seguro de que quere desactivar todos os complementos e reiniciar?
+safeModeRestartButton=Reiniciar
+safeModeRestartCheckbox=Reiniciar cos complementos desactivados
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96fea4fe54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.label          "Aplicar tema">
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.accesskey      "A">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8409418390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+switchskins=Os cambios no tema terán efecto cando reinicie %S.
+switchskinstitle=Aplicar tema
+switchskinsnow=Reiniciar agora
+switchskinslater=Reiniciar máis tarde
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e2c7e7455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not use digits "0"-"9" as accesskeys -->
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label       "Maior">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label        "Menor">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
diff --git a/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..123d91168c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-gl/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# zoom submenu
+#
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: don't translate %zoom% in any property
+#                    don't use digits "0"-"9" for accesskeys
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullZoom,textZoom): are never available at the same time
+fullZoom.label=Tamaño (%zoom% %)
+fullZoom.accesskey=T
+textZoom.label=Tamaño do texto (%zoom% %)
+textZoom.accesskey=T
+
+# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the 100 % and 200 % entries
+zoom.100.label=100 % (Tamaño orixinal)
+zoom.100.accesskey=t
+zoom.200.label=200 % (Dobrar tamaño)
+zoom.200.accesskey=D
+
+# label pattern for remaining values, accesskeys are assigned dynamically
+zoom.value.label=%zoom% %
+
+zoom.other.label=Outro (%zoom% %) …
+zoom.other.accesskey=O